mirror of
https://github.com/adulau/aha.git
synced 2024-12-26 18:56:14 +00:00
Merge branch 'master' of /home/gregkh/linux/git/torvalds-2.6
This commit is contained in:
commit
193cb93e5a
3989 changed files with 276458 additions and 89562 deletions
7
.gitignore
vendored
7
.gitignore
vendored
|
@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
|
|||
*.lst
|
||||
*.symtypes
|
||||
*.order
|
||||
modules.builtin
|
||||
*.elf
|
||||
*.bin
|
||||
*.gz
|
||||
|
@ -45,14 +46,8 @@ Module.symvers
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Generated include files
|
||||
#
|
||||
include/asm
|
||||
include/asm-*/asm-offsets.h
|
||||
include/config
|
||||
include/linux/autoconf.h
|
||||
include/linux/compile.h
|
||||
include/linux/version.h
|
||||
include/linux/utsrelease.h
|
||||
include/linux/bounds.h
|
||||
include/generated
|
||||
|
||||
# stgit generated dirs
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -144,3 +144,16 @@ Description:
|
|||
|
||||
Write a 1 to force the device to disconnect
|
||||
(equivalent to unplugging a wired USB device).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../remove_id
|
||||
Date: November 2009
|
||||
Contact: CHENG Renquan <rqcheng@smu.edu.sg>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
|
||||
that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
|
||||
The format for the device ID is:
|
||||
idVendor idProduct. After successfully
|
||||
removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
|
||||
device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
|
||||
match the driver to the device. For example:
|
||||
# echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -23,3 +23,16 @@ Description:
|
|||
Since this relates to security (specifically, the
|
||||
lifetime of PTKs and GTKs) it should not be changed
|
||||
from the default.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_phy_rate
|
||||
Date: August 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.32
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The maximum PHY rate to use for all connected devices.
|
||||
This is only of limited use for testing and
|
||||
development as the hardware's automatic rate
|
||||
adaptation is better then this simple control.
|
||||
|
||||
Refer to [ECMA-368] section 10.3.1.1 for the value to
|
||||
use.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -60,6 +60,19 @@ Description:
|
|||
Users: hotplug memory remove tools
|
||||
https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY
|
||||
Date: October 2009
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that
|
||||
points to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, the following symbolic link is created for
|
||||
memory section 9 on node0:
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY
|
||||
Date: September 2008
|
||||
Contact: Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com>
|
||||
|
@ -70,4 +83,3 @@ Description:
|
|||
memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic
|
||||
link is created for memory section 9 on node0.
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -62,6 +62,35 @@ Description: CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to
|
|||
See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/probe
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/cpu/release
|
||||
Date: November 2009
|
||||
Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
|
||||
Description: Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's. This is not hotplug
|
||||
removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU
|
||||
from the system.
|
||||
|
||||
probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the
|
||||
system. Information written to the file to add CPU's is
|
||||
architecture specific.
|
||||
|
||||
release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from
|
||||
the system. Information writtento the file to remove CPU's
|
||||
is architecture specific.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
|
||||
Date: October 2009
|
||||
Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to
|
||||
|
||||
When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points
|
||||
to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42
|
||||
in NUMA node 2:
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
|
||||
Date: October 2009
|
||||
|
@ -136,6 +165,24 @@ Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism
|
|||
See files in Documentation/cpuidle/ for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/*
|
||||
Date: pre-git history
|
||||
Contact: cpufreq@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Discover and change clock speed of CPUs
|
||||
|
||||
Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the
|
||||
CPUs on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery
|
||||
power, because the lower the clock speed, the less power
|
||||
the CPU consumes.
|
||||
|
||||
There are many knobs to tweak in this directory.
|
||||
|
||||
See files in Documentation/cpu-freq/ for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
In particular, read Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
|
||||
to learn how to control the knobs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/cache_disable_X
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_fastpath file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been allocated using the fast path.
|
||||
The alloc_fastpath file shows how many objects have been
|
||||
allocated using the fast path. It can be written to clear the
|
||||
current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial
|
||||
|
@ -55,9 +56,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_from_partial file is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times a cpu slab has been full and it has been refilled
|
||||
by using a slab from the list of partially used slabs.
|
||||
The alloc_from_partial file shows how many times a cpu slab has
|
||||
been full and it has been refilled by using a slab from the list
|
||||
of partially used slabs. It can be written to clear the current
|
||||
count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill
|
||||
|
@ -66,9 +68,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_refill file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times the per-cpu freelist was empty but there were objects
|
||||
available as the result of remote cpu frees.
|
||||
The alloc_refill file shows how many times the per-cpu freelist
|
||||
was empty but there were objects available as the result of
|
||||
remote cpu frees. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab
|
||||
|
@ -77,8 +79,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_slab file is read-only and specifies how many times
|
||||
a new slab had to be allocated from the page allocator.
|
||||
The alloc_slab file is shows how many times a new slab had to
|
||||
be allocated from the page allocator. It can be written to
|
||||
clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath
|
||||
|
@ -87,9 +90,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_slowpath file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been allocated using the slow path because of a
|
||||
refill or allocation from a partial or new slab.
|
||||
The alloc_slowpath file shows how many objects have been
|
||||
allocated using the slow path because of a refill or
|
||||
allocation from a partial or new slab. It can be written to
|
||||
clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma
|
||||
|
@ -117,10 +121,11 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.31
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file cpuslab_flush is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times a cache's cpu slabs have been flushed as the result of
|
||||
destroying or shrinking a cache, a cpu going offline, or as
|
||||
the result of forcing an allocation from a certain node.
|
||||
The file cpuslab_flush shows how many times a cache's cpu slabs
|
||||
have been flushed as the result of destroying or shrinking a
|
||||
cache, a cpu going offline, or as the result of forcing an
|
||||
allocation from a certain node. It can be written to clear the
|
||||
current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor
|
||||
|
@ -139,8 +144,8 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_empty is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times an empty cpu slab was deactivated.
|
||||
The deactivate_empty file shows how many times an empty cpu slab
|
||||
was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full
|
||||
|
@ -149,8 +154,8 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_full is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times a full cpu slab was deactivated.
|
||||
The deactivate_full file shows how many times a full cpu slab
|
||||
was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees
|
||||
|
@ -159,9 +164,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_remote_frees is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times a cpu slab has been deactivated and contained free
|
||||
objects that were freed remotely.
|
||||
The deactivate_remote_frees file shows how many times a cpu slab
|
||||
has been deactivated and contained free objects that were freed
|
||||
remotely. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head
|
||||
|
@ -170,9 +175,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_to_head is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times a partial cpu slab was deactivated and added to the
|
||||
head of its node's partial list.
|
||||
The deactivate_to_head file shows how many times a partial cpu
|
||||
slab was deactivated and added to the head of its node's partial
|
||||
list. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail
|
||||
|
@ -181,9 +186,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_to_tail is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times a partial cpu slab was deactivated and added to the
|
||||
tail of its node's partial list.
|
||||
The deactivate_to_tail file shows how many times a partial cpu
|
||||
slab was deactivated and added to the tail of its node's partial
|
||||
list. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu
|
||||
|
@ -201,9 +206,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file free_add_partial is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times an object has been freed in a full slab so that it had to
|
||||
added to its node's partial list.
|
||||
The free_add_partial file shows how many times an object has
|
||||
been freed in a full slab so that it had to added to its node's
|
||||
partial list. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls
|
||||
|
@ -222,9 +227,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_fastpath file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been freed using the fast path because it was an
|
||||
object from the cpu slab.
|
||||
The free_fastpath file shows how many objects have been freed
|
||||
using the fast path because it was an object from the cpu slab.
|
||||
It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen
|
||||
|
@ -233,9 +238,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_frozen file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been freed to a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu
|
||||
slab).
|
||||
The free_frozen file shows how many objects have been freed to
|
||||
a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu slab). It can be written to
|
||||
clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial
|
||||
|
@ -244,9 +249,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file free_remove_partial is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times an object has been freed to a now-empty slab so
|
||||
that it had to be removed from its node's partial list.
|
||||
The free_remove_partial file shows how many times an object has
|
||||
been freed to a now-empty slab so that it had to be removed from
|
||||
its node's partial list. It can be written to clear the current
|
||||
count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab
|
||||
|
@ -255,8 +261,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_slab file is read-only and specifies how many times an
|
||||
empty slab has been freed back to the page allocator.
|
||||
The free_slab file shows how many times an empty slab has been
|
||||
freed back to the page allocator. It can be written to clear
|
||||
the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath
|
||||
|
@ -265,9 +272,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_slowpath file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been freed using the slow path (i.e. to a full or
|
||||
partial slab).
|
||||
The free_slowpath file shows how many objects have been freed
|
||||
using the slow path (i.e. to a full or partial slab). It can
|
||||
be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align
|
||||
|
@ -346,10 +353,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
|||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file order_fallback is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times an allocation of a new slab has not been possible at the
|
||||
cache's order and instead fallen back to its minimum possible
|
||||
order.
|
||||
The order_fallback file shows how many times an allocation of a
|
||||
new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead
|
||||
fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to
|
||||
clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial
|
||||
|
|
44
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
Normal file
44
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
|||
What: /sys/devices/system/memory/soft_offline_page
|
||||
Date: Sep 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.33
|
||||
Contact: andi@firstfloor.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Soft-offline the memory page containing the physical address
|
||||
written into this file. Input is a hex number specifying the
|
||||
physical address of the page. The kernel will then attempt
|
||||
to soft-offline it, by moving the contents elsewhere or
|
||||
dropping it if possible. The kernel will then be placed
|
||||
on the bad page list and never be reused.
|
||||
|
||||
The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
|
||||
Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
|
||||
this might change.
|
||||
|
||||
The page must be still accessible, not poisoned. The
|
||||
kernel will never kill anything for this, but rather
|
||||
fail the offline. Return value is the size of the
|
||||
number, or a error when the offlining failed. Reading
|
||||
the file is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/memory/hard_offline_page
|
||||
Date: Sep 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.33
|
||||
Contact: andi@firstfloor.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Hard-offline the memory page containing the physical
|
||||
address written into this file. Input is a hex number
|
||||
specifying the physical address of the page. The
|
||||
kernel will then attempt to hard-offline the page, by
|
||||
trying to drop the page or killing any owner or
|
||||
triggering IO errors if needed. Note this may kill
|
||||
any processes owning the page. The kernel will avoid
|
||||
to access this page assuming it's poisoned by the
|
||||
hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
|
||||
Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
|
||||
this might change.
|
||||
|
||||
Return value is the size of the number, or a error when
|
||||
the offlining failed.
|
||||
Reading the file is not allowed.
|
|
@ -49,6 +49,8 @@ o oprofile 0.9 # oprofiled --version
|
|||
o udev 081 # udevinfo -V
|
||||
o grub 0.93 # grub --version
|
||||
o mcelog 0.6
|
||||
o iptables 1.4.1 # iptables -V
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Kernel compilation
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
|||
|
||||
DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml mcabook.xml device-drivers.xml \
|
||||
kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \
|
||||
procfs-guide.xml writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \
|
||||
writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \
|
||||
kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml usb.xml kgdb.xml \
|
||||
gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml \
|
||||
genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml uio-howto.xml scsi.xml \
|
||||
|
@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ PS_METHOD = $(prefer-db2x)
|
|||
|
||||
###
|
||||
# The targets that may be used.
|
||||
PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs media
|
||||
PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs xmldoclinks
|
||||
|
||||
BOOKS := $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(DOCBOOKS))
|
||||
xmldocs: $(BOOKS)
|
||||
xmldocs: $(BOOKS) xmldoclinks
|
||||
sgmldocs: xmldocs
|
||||
|
||||
PS := $(patsubst %.xml, %.ps, $(BOOKS))
|
||||
|
@ -45,15 +45,24 @@ PDF := $(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(BOOKS))
|
|||
pdfdocs: $(PDF)
|
||||
|
||||
HTML := $(sort $(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(BOOKS)))
|
||||
htmldocs: media $(HTML)
|
||||
htmldocs: $(HTML)
|
||||
$(call build_main_index)
|
||||
$(call build_images)
|
||||
|
||||
MAN := $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(BOOKS))
|
||||
mandocs: $(MAN)
|
||||
|
||||
media:
|
||||
mkdir -p $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/
|
||||
cp $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/*.png $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/*.gif $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/
|
||||
build_images = mkdir -p $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/ && \
|
||||
cp $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/*.png $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/*.gif $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/
|
||||
|
||||
xmldoclinks:
|
||||
ifneq ($(objtree),$(srctree))
|
||||
for dep in dvb media-entities.tmpl media-indices.tmpl v4l; do \
|
||||
rm -f $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/$$dep \
|
||||
&& ln -s $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/$$dep $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/ \
|
||||
|| exit; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
installmandocs: mandocs
|
||||
mkdir -p /usr/local/man/man9/
|
||||
|
@ -65,7 +74,7 @@ KERNELDOC = $(srctree)/scripts/kernel-doc
|
|||
DOCPROC = $(objtree)/scripts/basic/docproc
|
||||
|
||||
XMLTOFLAGS = -m $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
|
||||
#XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation
|
||||
XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation
|
||||
|
||||
###
|
||||
# DOCPROC is used for two purposes:
|
||||
|
@ -101,17 +110,6 @@ endif
|
|||
# Changes in kernel-doc force a rebuild of all documentation
|
||||
$(BOOKS): $(KERNELDOC)
|
||||
|
||||
###
|
||||
# procfs guide uses a .c file as example code.
|
||||
# This requires an explicit dependency
|
||||
C-procfs-example = procfs_example.xml
|
||||
C-procfs-example2 = $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(C-procfs-example))
|
||||
$(obj)/procfs-guide.xml: $(C-procfs-example2)
|
||||
|
||||
# List of programs to build
|
||||
##oops, this is a kernel module::hostprogs-y := procfs_example
|
||||
obj-m += procfs_example.o
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell kbuild to always build the programs
|
||||
always := $(hostprogs-y)
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -238,7 +236,7 @@ clean-files := $(DOCBOOKS) \
|
|||
$(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
|
||||
$(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
|
||||
$(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
|
||||
$(C-procfs-example) $(index)
|
||||
$(index)
|
||||
|
||||
clean-dirs := $(patsubst %.xml,%,$(DOCBOOKS)) man
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
|
|||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT "<link linkend='vidioc-enuminput'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT "<link linkend='vidioc-enumoutput'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMSTD "<link linkend='vidioc-enumstd'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMSTD</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-PRESETS "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-dv-presets'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMEINTERVALS "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-frameintervals'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMESIZES "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-framesizes'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES</constant></link>">
|
||||
|
@ -30,6 +31,8 @@
|
|||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-AUDOUT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-audioout'><constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-CROP "<link linkend='vidioc-g-crop'><constant>VIDIOC_G_CROP</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-CTRL "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_G_CTRL</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-DV-PRESET "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-preset'><constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-timings'><constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-ENC-INDEX "<link linkend='vidioc-g-enc-index'><constant>VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-EXT-CTRLS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ext-ctrls'><constant>VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-FBUF "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fbuf'><constant>VIDIOC_G_FBUF</constant></link>">
|
||||
|
@ -53,6 +56,7 @@
|
|||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL "<link linkend='vidioc-queryctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYMENU "<link linkend='vidioc-queryctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYSTD "<link linkend='vidioc-querystd'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYSTD</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-PRESET "<link linkend='vidioc-query-dv-preset'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-REQBUFS "<link linkend='vidioc-reqbufs'><constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-STREAMOFF "<link linkend='vidioc-streamon'><constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-STREAMON "<link linkend='vidioc-streamon'><constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant></link>">
|
||||
|
@ -60,6 +64,8 @@
|
|||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-AUDOUT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-audioout'><constant>VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-CROP "<link linkend='vidioc-g-crop'><constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-CTRL "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_S_CTRL</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-DV-PRESET "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-preset'><constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-timings'><constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ext-ctrls'><constant>VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-FBUF "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fbuf'><constant>VIDIOC_S_FBUF</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant></link>">
|
||||
|
@ -118,6 +124,7 @@
|
|||
<!-- Structures -->
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-audio "struct <link linkend='v4l2-audio'>v4l2_audio</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-audioout "struct <link linkend='v4l2-audioout'>v4l2_audioout</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-bt-timings "struct <link linkend='v4l2-bt-timings'>v4l2_bt_timings</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-buffer "struct <link linkend='v4l2-buffer'>v4l2_buffer</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-capability "struct <link linkend='v4l2-capability'>v4l2_capability</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-captureparm "struct <link linkend='v4l2-captureparm'>v4l2_captureparm</link>">
|
||||
|
@ -128,6 +135,9 @@
|
|||
<!ENTITY v4l2-dbg-chip-ident "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-chip-ident'>v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-dbg-match "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-match'>v4l2_dbg_match</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-dbg-register "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-register'>v4l2_dbg_register</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-dv-enum-preset "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-enum-preset'>v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-dv-preset "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-preset'>v4l2_dv_preset</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-dv-timings "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-timings'>v4l2_dv_timings</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-enc-idx "struct <link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx'>v4l2_enc_idx</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-enc-idx-entry "struct <link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx-entry'>v4l2_enc_idx_entry</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-encoder-cmd "struct <link linkend='v4l2-encoder-cmd'>v4l2_encoder_cmd</link>">
|
||||
|
@ -243,6 +253,10 @@
|
|||
<!ENTITY sub-enumaudioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-enuminput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-enumoutput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-enum-dv-presets SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-g-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-query-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-g-dv-timings SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-enumstd SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-g-audio SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-g-audioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml">
|
||||
|
@ -333,6 +347,10 @@
|
|||
<!ENTITY enumaudioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY enuminput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY enumoutput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY enum-dv-presets SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY g-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY query-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY g-dv-timings SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY enumstd SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY g-audio SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY g-audioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml">
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
|
|||
<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-preemphasis'>v4l2_preemphasis</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-audio'>v4l2_audio</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-audioout'>v4l2_audioout</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-bt-timings'>v4l2_bt_timings</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-buffer'>v4l2_buffer</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-capability'>v4l2_capability</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-captureparm'>v4l2_captureparm</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
|
@ -46,6 +47,9 @@
|
|||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-chip-ident'>v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-match'>v4l2_dbg_match</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-register'>v4l2_dbg_register</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-enum-preset'>v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-preset'>v4l2_dv_preset</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-timings'>v4l2_dv_timings</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx'>v4l2_enc_idx</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx-entry'>v4l2_enc_idx_entry</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-encoder-cmd'>v4l2_encoder_cmd</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,626 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
|
||||
<!ENTITY procfsexample SYSTEM "procfs_example.xml">
|
||||
]>
|
||||
|
||||
<book id="LKProcfsGuide">
|
||||
<bookinfo>
|
||||
<title>Linux Kernel Procfs Guide</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Erik</firstname>
|
||||
<othername>(J.A.K.)</othername>
|
||||
<surname>Mouw</surname>
|
||||
<affiliation>
|
||||
<address>
|
||||
<email>mouw@nl.linux.org</email>
|
||||
</address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
<othercredit>
|
||||
<contrib>
|
||||
This software and documentation were written while working on the
|
||||
LART computing board
|
||||
(<ulink url="http://www.lartmaker.nl/">http://www.lartmaker.nl/</ulink>),
|
||||
which was sponsored by the Delt University of Technology projects
|
||||
Mobile Multi-media Communications and Ubiquitous Communications.
|
||||
</contrib>
|
||||
</othercredit>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
|
||||
<revhistory>
|
||||
<revision>
|
||||
<revnumber>1.0</revnumber>
|
||||
<date>May 30, 2001</date>
|
||||
<revremark>Initial revision posted to linux-kernel</revremark>
|
||||
</revision>
|
||||
<revision>
|
||||
<revnumber>1.1</revnumber>
|
||||
<date>June 3, 2001</date>
|
||||
<revremark>Revised after comments from linux-kernel</revremark>
|
||||
</revision>
|
||||
</revhistory>
|
||||
|
||||
<copyright>
|
||||
<year>2001</year>
|
||||
<holder>Erik Mouw</holder>
|
||||
</copyright>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<legalnotice>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This documentation is free software; you can redistribute it
|
||||
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
|
||||
version.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be
|
||||
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
|
||||
MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For more details see the file COPYING in the source
|
||||
distribution of Linux.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</legalnotice>
|
||||
</bookinfo>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<toc>
|
||||
</toc>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<preface id="Preface">
|
||||
<title>Preface</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This guide describes the use of the procfs file system from
|
||||
within the Linux kernel. The idea to write this guide came up on
|
||||
the #kernelnewbies IRC channel (see <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.kernelnewbies.org/">http://www.kernelnewbies.org/</ulink>),
|
||||
when Jeff Garzik explained the use of procfs and forwarded me a
|
||||
message Alexander Viro wrote to the linux-kernel mailing list. I
|
||||
agreed to write it up nicely, so here it is.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
I'd like to thank Jeff Garzik
|
||||
<email>jgarzik@pobox.com</email> and Alexander Viro
|
||||
<email>viro@parcelfarce.linux.theplanet.co.uk</email> for their input,
|
||||
Tim Waugh <email>twaugh@redhat.com</email> for his <ulink
|
||||
url="http://people.redhat.com/twaugh/docbook/selfdocbook/">Selfdocbook</ulink>,
|
||||
and Marc Joosen <email>marcj@historia.et.tudelft.nl</email> for
|
||||
proofreading.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Erik
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</preface>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="intro">
|
||||
<title>Introduction</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <filename class="directory">/proc</filename> file system
|
||||
(procfs) is a special file system in the linux kernel. It's a
|
||||
virtual file system: it is not associated with a block device
|
||||
but exists only in memory. The files in the procfs are there to
|
||||
allow userland programs access to certain information from the
|
||||
kernel (like process information in <filename
|
||||
class="directory">/proc/[0-9]+/</filename>), but also for debug
|
||||
purposes (like <filename>/proc/ksyms</filename>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This guide describes the use of the procfs file system from
|
||||
within the Linux kernel. It starts by introducing all relevant
|
||||
functions to manage the files within the file system. After that
|
||||
it shows how to communicate with userland, and some tips and
|
||||
tricks will be pointed out. Finally a complete example will be
|
||||
shown.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note that the files in <filename
|
||||
class="directory">/proc/sys</filename> are sysctl files: they
|
||||
don't belong to procfs and are governed by a completely
|
||||
different API described in the Kernel API book.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="managing">
|
||||
<title>Managing procfs entries</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This chapter describes the functions that various kernel
|
||||
components use to populate the procfs with files, symlinks,
|
||||
device nodes, and directories.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A minor note before we start: if you want to use any of the
|
||||
procfs functions, be sure to include the correct header file!
|
||||
This should be one of the first lines in your code:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
#include <linux/proc_fs.h>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="regularfile">
|
||||
<title>Creating a regular file</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <function>create_proc_entry</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>const char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>mode_t <parameter>mode</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This function creates a regular file with the name
|
||||
<parameter>name</parameter>, file mode
|
||||
<parameter>mode</parameter> in the directory
|
||||
<parameter>parent</parameter>. To create a file in the root of
|
||||
the procfs, use <constant>NULL</constant> as
|
||||
<parameter>parent</parameter> parameter. When successful, the
|
||||
function will return a pointer to the freshly created
|
||||
<structname>struct proc_dir_entry</structname>; otherwise it
|
||||
will return <constant>NULL</constant>. <xref
|
||||
linkend="userland"/> describes how to do something useful with
|
||||
regular files.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note that it is specifically supported that you can pass a
|
||||
path that spans multiple directories. For example
|
||||
<function>create_proc_entry</function>(<parameter>"drivers/via0/info"</parameter>)
|
||||
will create the <filename class="directory">via0</filename>
|
||||
directory if necessary, with standard
|
||||
<constant>0755</constant> permissions.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you only want to be able to read the file, the function
|
||||
<function>create_proc_read_entry</function> described in <xref
|
||||
linkend="convenience"/> may be used to create and initialise
|
||||
the procfs entry in one single call.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Creating_a_symlink">
|
||||
<title>Creating a symlink</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>struct proc_dir_entry*
|
||||
<function>proc_symlink</function></funcdef> <paramdef>const
|
||||
char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry*
|
||||
<parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef> <paramdef>const
|
||||
char* <parameter>dest</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This creates a symlink in the procfs directory
|
||||
<parameter>parent</parameter> that points from
|
||||
<parameter>name</parameter> to
|
||||
<parameter>dest</parameter>. This translates in userland to
|
||||
<literal>ln -s</literal> <parameter>dest</parameter>
|
||||
<parameter>name</parameter>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Creating_a_directory">
|
||||
<title>Creating a directory</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <function>proc_mkdir</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>const char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Create a directory <parameter>name</parameter> in the procfs
|
||||
directory <parameter>parent</parameter>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Removing_an_entry">
|
||||
<title>Removing an entry</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>void <function>remove_proc_entry</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>const char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Removes the entry <parameter>name</parameter> in the directory
|
||||
<parameter>parent</parameter> from the procfs. Entries are
|
||||
removed by their <emphasis>name</emphasis>, not by the
|
||||
<structname>struct proc_dir_entry</structname> returned by the
|
||||
various create functions. Note that this function doesn't
|
||||
recursively remove entries.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Be sure to free the <structfield>data</structfield> entry from
|
||||
the <structname>struct proc_dir_entry</structname> before
|
||||
<function>remove_proc_entry</function> is called (that is: if
|
||||
there was some <structfield>data</structfield> allocated, of
|
||||
course). See <xref linkend="usingdata"/> for more information
|
||||
on using the <structfield>data</structfield> entry.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="userland">
|
||||
<title>Communicating with userland</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Instead of reading (or writing) information directly from
|
||||
kernel memory, procfs works with <emphasis>call back
|
||||
functions</emphasis> for files: functions that are called when
|
||||
a specific file is being read or written. Such functions have
|
||||
to be initialised after the procfs file is created by setting
|
||||
the <structfield>read_proc</structfield> and/or
|
||||
<structfield>write_proc</structfield> fields in the
|
||||
<structname>struct proc_dir_entry*</structname> that the
|
||||
function <function>create_proc_entry</function> returned:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
struct proc_dir_entry* entry;
|
||||
|
||||
entry->read_proc = read_proc_foo;
|
||||
entry->write_proc = write_proc_foo;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you only want to use a the
|
||||
<structfield>read_proc</structfield>, the function
|
||||
<function>create_proc_read_entry</function> described in <xref
|
||||
linkend="convenience"/> may be used to create and initialise the
|
||||
procfs entry in one single call.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Reading_data">
|
||||
<title>Reading data</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The read function is a call back function that allows userland
|
||||
processes to read data from the kernel. The read function
|
||||
should have the following format:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>int <function>read_func</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>char* <parameter>buffer</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>char** <parameter>start</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>off_t <parameter>off</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>count</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int* <parameter>peof</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>void* <parameter>data</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The read function should write its information into the
|
||||
<parameter>buffer</parameter>, which will be exactly
|
||||
<literal>PAGE_SIZE</literal> bytes long.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The parameter
|
||||
<parameter>peof</parameter> should be used to signal that the
|
||||
end of the file has been reached by writing
|
||||
<literal>1</literal> to the memory location
|
||||
<parameter>peof</parameter> points to.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <parameter>data</parameter>
|
||||
parameter can be used to create a single call back function for
|
||||
several files, see <xref linkend="usingdata"/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The rest of the parameters and the return value are described
|
||||
by a comment in <filename>fs/proc/generic.c</filename> as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You have three ways to return data:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<orderedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Leave <literal>*start = NULL</literal>. (This is the default.)
|
||||
Put the data of the requested offset at that
|
||||
offset within the buffer. Return the number (<literal>n</literal>)
|
||||
of bytes there are from the beginning of the
|
||||
buffer up to the last byte of data. If the
|
||||
number of supplied bytes (<literal>= n - offset</literal>) is
|
||||
greater than zero and you didn't signal eof
|
||||
and the reader is prepared to take more data
|
||||
you will be called again with the requested
|
||||
offset advanced by the number of bytes
|
||||
absorbed. This interface is useful for files
|
||||
no larger than the buffer.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Set <literal>*start</literal> to an unsigned long value less than
|
||||
the buffer address but greater than zero.
|
||||
Put the data of the requested offset at the
|
||||
beginning of the buffer. Return the number of
|
||||
bytes of data placed there. If this number is
|
||||
greater than zero and you didn't signal eof
|
||||
and the reader is prepared to take more data
|
||||
you will be called again with the requested
|
||||
offset advanced by <literal>*start</literal>. This interface is
|
||||
useful when you have a large file consisting
|
||||
of a series of blocks which you want to count
|
||||
and return as wholes.
|
||||
(Hack by Paul.Russell@rustcorp.com.au)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Set <literal>*start</literal> to an address within the buffer.
|
||||
Put the data of the requested offset at <literal>*start</literal>.
|
||||
Return the number of bytes of data placed there.
|
||||
If this number is greater than zero and you
|
||||
didn't signal eof and the reader is prepared to
|
||||
take more data you will be called again with the
|
||||
requested offset advanced by the number of bytes
|
||||
absorbed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<xref linkend="example"/> shows how to use a read call back
|
||||
function.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Writing_data">
|
||||
<title>Writing data</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The write call back function allows a userland process to write
|
||||
data to the kernel, so it has some kind of control over the
|
||||
kernel. The write function should have the following format:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>int <function>write_func</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct file* <parameter>file</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>const char* <parameter>buffer</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>unsigned long <parameter>count</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>void* <parameter>data</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The write function should read <parameter>count</parameter>
|
||||
bytes at maximum from the <parameter>buffer</parameter>. Note
|
||||
that the <parameter>buffer</parameter> doesn't live in the
|
||||
kernel's memory space, so it should first be copied to kernel
|
||||
space with <function>copy_from_user</function>. The
|
||||
<parameter>file</parameter> parameter is usually
|
||||
ignored. <xref linkend="usingdata"/> shows how to use the
|
||||
<parameter>data</parameter> parameter.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Again, <xref linkend="example"/> shows how to use this call back
|
||||
function.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="usingdata">
|
||||
<title>A single call back for many files</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When a large number of almost identical files is used, it's
|
||||
quite inconvenient to use a separate call back function for
|
||||
each file. A better approach is to have a single call back
|
||||
function that distinguishes between the files by using the
|
||||
<structfield>data</structfield> field in <structname>struct
|
||||
proc_dir_entry</structname>. First of all, the
|
||||
<structfield>data</structfield> field has to be initialised:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
struct proc_dir_entry* entry;
|
||||
struct my_file_data *file_data;
|
||||
|
||||
file_data = kmalloc(sizeof(struct my_file_data), GFP_KERNEL);
|
||||
entry->data = file_data;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <structfield>data</structfield> field is a <type>void
|
||||
*</type>, so it can be initialised with anything.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Now that the <structfield>data</structfield> field is set, the
|
||||
<function>read_proc</function> and
|
||||
<function>write_proc</function> can use it to distinguish
|
||||
between files because they get it passed into their
|
||||
<parameter>data</parameter> parameter:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
int foo_read_func(char *page, char **start, off_t off,
|
||||
int count, int *eof, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
|
||||
if(data == file_data) {
|
||||
/* special case for this file */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* normal processing */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Be sure to free the <structfield>data</structfield> data field
|
||||
when removing the procfs entry.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="tips">
|
||||
<title>Tips and tricks</title>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="convenience">
|
||||
<title>Convenience functions</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <function>create_proc_read_entry</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>const char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>mode_t <parameter>mode</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>read_proc_t* <parameter>read_proc</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>void* <parameter>data</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This function creates a regular file in exactly the same way
|
||||
as <function>create_proc_entry</function> from <xref
|
||||
linkend="regularfile"/> does, but also allows to set the read
|
||||
function <parameter>read_proc</parameter> in one call. This
|
||||
function can set the <parameter>data</parameter> as well, like
|
||||
explained in <xref linkend="usingdata"/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Modules">
|
||||
<title>Modules</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If procfs is being used from within a module, be sure to set
|
||||
the <structfield>owner</structfield> field in the
|
||||
<structname>struct proc_dir_entry</structname> to
|
||||
<constant>THIS_MODULE</constant>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
struct proc_dir_entry* entry;
|
||||
|
||||
entry->owner = THIS_MODULE;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Mode_and_ownership">
|
||||
<title>Mode and ownership</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Sometimes it is useful to change the mode and/or ownership of
|
||||
a procfs entry. Here is an example that shows how to achieve
|
||||
that:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
struct proc_dir_entry* entry;
|
||||
|
||||
entry->mode = S_IWUSR |S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH;
|
||||
entry->uid = 0;
|
||||
entry->gid = 100;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="example">
|
||||
<title>Example</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- be careful with the example code: it shouldn't be wider than
|
||||
approx. 60 columns, or otherwise it won't fit properly on a page
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
&procfsexample;
|
||||
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
</book>
|
|
@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* procfs_example.c: an example proc interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001, Erik Mouw (mouw@nl.linux.org)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file accompanies the procfs-guide in the Linux kernel
|
||||
* source. Its main use is to demonstrate the concepts and
|
||||
* functions described in the guide.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software has been developed while working on the LART
|
||||
* computing board (http://www.lartmaker.nl), which was sponsored
|
||||
* by the Delt University of Technology projects Mobile Multi-media
|
||||
* Communications and Ubiquitous Communications.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute
|
||||
* it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General
|
||||
* Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
|
||||
* option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
|
||||
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
* warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
* PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
* details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
|
||||
* License along with this program; if not, write to the
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place,
|
||||
* Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/module.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/kernel.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/init.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/proc_fs.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/jiffies.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define MODULE_VERS "1.0"
|
||||
#define MODULE_NAME "procfs_example"
|
||||
|
||||
#define FOOBAR_LEN 8
|
||||
|
||||
struct fb_data_t {
|
||||
char name[FOOBAR_LEN + 1];
|
||||
char value[FOOBAR_LEN + 1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static struct proc_dir_entry *example_dir, *foo_file,
|
||||
*bar_file, *jiffies_file, *symlink;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct fb_data_t foo_data, bar_data;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int proc_read_jiffies(char *page, char **start,
|
||||
off_t off, int count,
|
||||
int *eof, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
|
||||
len = sprintf(page, "jiffies = %ld\n",
|
||||
jiffies);
|
||||
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int proc_read_foobar(char *page, char **start,
|
||||
off_t off, int count,
|
||||
int *eof, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
struct fb_data_t *fb_data = (struct fb_data_t *)data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* DON'T DO THAT - buffer overruns are bad */
|
||||
len = sprintf(page, "%s = '%s'\n",
|
||||
fb_data->name, fb_data->value);
|
||||
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int proc_write_foobar(struct file *file,
|
||||
const char *buffer,
|
||||
unsigned long count,
|
||||
void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
struct fb_data_t *fb_data = (struct fb_data_t *)data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(count > FOOBAR_LEN)
|
||||
len = FOOBAR_LEN;
|
||||
else
|
||||
len = count;
|
||||
|
||||
if(copy_from_user(fb_data->value, buffer, len))
|
||||
return -EFAULT;
|
||||
|
||||
fb_data->value[len] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int __init init_procfs_example(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int rv = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* create directory */
|
||||
example_dir = proc_mkdir(MODULE_NAME, NULL);
|
||||
if(example_dir == NULL) {
|
||||
rv = -ENOMEM;
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* create jiffies using convenience function */
|
||||
jiffies_file = create_proc_read_entry("jiffies",
|
||||
0444, example_dir,
|
||||
proc_read_jiffies,
|
||||
NULL);
|
||||
if(jiffies_file == NULL) {
|
||||
rv = -ENOMEM;
|
||||
goto no_jiffies;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* create foo and bar files using same callback
|
||||
* functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
foo_file = create_proc_entry("foo", 0644, example_dir);
|
||||
if(foo_file == NULL) {
|
||||
rv = -ENOMEM;
|
||||
goto no_foo;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
strcpy(foo_data.name, "foo");
|
||||
strcpy(foo_data.value, "foo");
|
||||
foo_file->data = &foo_data;
|
||||
foo_file->read_proc = proc_read_foobar;
|
||||
foo_file->write_proc = proc_write_foobar;
|
||||
|
||||
bar_file = create_proc_entry("bar", 0644, example_dir);
|
||||
if(bar_file == NULL) {
|
||||
rv = -ENOMEM;
|
||||
goto no_bar;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
strcpy(bar_data.name, "bar");
|
||||
strcpy(bar_data.value, "bar");
|
||||
bar_file->data = &bar_data;
|
||||
bar_file->read_proc = proc_read_foobar;
|
||||
bar_file->write_proc = proc_write_foobar;
|
||||
|
||||
/* create symlink */
|
||||
symlink = proc_symlink("jiffies_too", example_dir,
|
||||
"jiffies");
|
||||
if(symlink == NULL) {
|
||||
rv = -ENOMEM;
|
||||
goto no_symlink;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* everything OK */
|
||||
printk(KERN_INFO "%s %s initialised\n",
|
||||
MODULE_NAME, MODULE_VERS);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
no_symlink:
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("bar", example_dir);
|
||||
no_bar:
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("foo", example_dir);
|
||||
no_foo:
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("jiffies", example_dir);
|
||||
no_jiffies:
|
||||
remove_proc_entry(MODULE_NAME, NULL);
|
||||
out:
|
||||
return rv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void __exit cleanup_procfs_example(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("jiffies_too", example_dir);
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("bar", example_dir);
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("foo", example_dir);
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("jiffies", example_dir);
|
||||
remove_proc_entry(MODULE_NAME, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
printk(KERN_INFO "%s %s removed\n",
|
||||
MODULE_NAME, MODULE_VERS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
module_init(init_procfs_example);
|
||||
module_exit(cleanup_procfs_example);
|
||||
|
||||
MODULE_AUTHOR("Erik Mouw");
|
||||
MODULE_DESCRIPTION("procfs examples");
|
||||
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
|
|
@ -716,6 +716,41 @@ if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-STD;, &std_id)) {
|
|||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</example>
|
||||
<section id="dv-timings">
|
||||
<title>Digital Video (DV) Timings</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The video standards discussed so far has been dealing with Analog TV and the
|
||||
corresponding video timings. Today there are many more different hardware interfaces
|
||||
such as High Definition TV interfaces (HDMI), VGA, DVI connectors etc., that carry
|
||||
video signals and there is a need to extend the API to select the video timings
|
||||
for these interfaces. Since it is not possible to extend the &v4l2-std-id; due to
|
||||
the limited bits available, a new set of IOCTLs is added to set/get video timings at
|
||||
the input and output: </para><itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>DV Presets: Digital Video (DV) presets. These are IDs representing a
|
||||
video timing at the input/output. Presets are pre-defined timings implemented
|
||||
by the hardware according to video standards. A __u32 data type is used to represent
|
||||
a preset unlike the bit mask that is used in &v4l2-std-id; allowing future extensions
|
||||
to support as many different presets as needed.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Custom DV Timings: This will allow applications to define more detailed
|
||||
custom video timings for the interface. This includes parameters such as width, height,
|
||||
polarities, frontporch, backporch etc.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>To enumerate and query the attributes of DV presets supported by a device,
|
||||
applications use the &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-PRESETS; ioctl. To get the current DV preset,
|
||||
applications use the &VIDIOC-G-DV-PRESET; ioctl and to set a preset they use the
|
||||
&VIDIOC-S-DV-PRESET; ioctl.</para>
|
||||
<para>To set custom DV timings for the device, applications use the
|
||||
&VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl and to get current custom DV timings they use the
|
||||
&VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl.</para>
|
||||
<para>Applications can make use of the <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> and
|
||||
<xref linkend="output-capabilities"/> flags to decide what ioctls are available to set the
|
||||
video timings for the device.</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
|
||||
&sub-controls;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -2291,8 +2291,8 @@ was renamed to <structname id="v4l2-chip-ident-old">v4l2_chip_ident_old</structn
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>New control <constant>V4L2_CID_COLORFX</constant> was added.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section>
|
||||
<title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.32</title>
|
||||
<orderedlist>
|
||||
|
@ -2322,8 +2322,16 @@ more information.</para>
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Added Remote Controller chapter, describing the default Remote Controller mapping for media devices.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section>
|
||||
<title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.33</title>
|
||||
<orderedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Added support for Digital Video timings in order to support HDTV receivers and transmitters.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
|
||||
<section id="other">
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -74,6 +74,17 @@ Remote Controller chapter.</contrib>
|
|||
</address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Muralidharan</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Karicheri</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Documented the Digital Video timings API.</contrib>
|
||||
<affiliation>
|
||||
<address>
|
||||
<email>m-karicheri2@ti.com</email>
|
||||
</address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
|
||||
<copyright>
|
||||
|
@ -89,7 +100,7 @@ Remote Controller chapter.</contrib>
|
|||
<year>2008</year>
|
||||
<year>2009</year>
|
||||
<holder>Bill Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin
|
||||
Rubli, Andy Walls, Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
|
||||
Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
|
||||
</copyright>
|
||||
<legalnotice>
|
||||
<para>Except when explicitly stated as GPL, programming examples within
|
||||
|
@ -102,6 +113,13 @@ structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter
|
|||
(compat.sgml), along with the possible impact on existing drivers and
|
||||
applications. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<revision>
|
||||
<revnumber>2.6.33</revnumber>
|
||||
<date>2009-12-03</date>
|
||||
<authorinitials>mk</authorinitials>
|
||||
<revremark>Added documentation for the Digital Video timings API.</revremark>
|
||||
</revision>
|
||||
|
||||
<revision>
|
||||
<revnumber>2.6.32</revnumber>
|
||||
<date>2009-08-31</date>
|
||||
|
@ -355,7 +373,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
|
|||
</partinfo>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title>
|
||||
<subtitle>Revision 2.6.32</subtitle>
|
||||
<subtitle>Revision 2.6.33</subtitle>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="common">
|
||||
&sub-common;
|
||||
|
@ -411,6 +429,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
|
|||
&sub-encoder-cmd;
|
||||
&sub-enumaudio;
|
||||
&sub-enumaudioout;
|
||||
&sub-enum-dv-presets;
|
||||
&sub-enum-fmt;
|
||||
&sub-enum-framesizes;
|
||||
&sub-enum-frameintervals;
|
||||
|
@ -421,6 +440,8 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
|
|||
&sub-g-audioout;
|
||||
&sub-g-crop;
|
||||
&sub-g-ctrl;
|
||||
&sub-g-dv-preset;
|
||||
&sub-g-dv-timings;
|
||||
&sub-g-enc-index;
|
||||
&sub-g-ext-ctrls;
|
||||
&sub-g-fbuf;
|
||||
|
@ -441,6 +462,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
|
|||
&sub-querybuf;
|
||||
&sub-querycap;
|
||||
&sub-queryctrl;
|
||||
&sub-query-dv-preset;
|
||||
&sub-querystd;
|
||||
&sub-reqbufs;
|
||||
&sub-s-hw-freq-seek;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -733,6 +733,99 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-standard">v4l2_standard</link> {
|
|||
__u32 reserved[4];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* V I D E O T I M I N G S D V P R E S E T
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link> {
|
||||
__u32 preset;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[4];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* D V P R E S E T S E N U M E R A T I O N
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-enum-preset">v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link> {
|
||||
__u32 index;
|
||||
__u32 preset;
|
||||
__u8 name[32]; /* Name of the preset timing */
|
||||
__u32 width;
|
||||
__u32 height;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[4];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* D V P R E S E T V A L U E S
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_INVALID 0
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_480P59_94 1 /* BT.1362 */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_576P50 2 /* BT.1362 */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_720P24 3 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_720P25 4 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_720P30 5 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_720P50 6 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_720P59_94 7 /* SMPTE 274M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_720P60 8 /* SMPTE 274M/296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080I29_97 9 /* BT.1120/ SMPTE 274M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080I30 10 /* BT.1120/ SMPTE 274M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080I25 11 /* BT.1120 */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080I50 12 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080I60 13 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080P24 14 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080P25 15 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080P30 16 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080P50 17 /* BT.1120 */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080P60 18 /* BT.1120 */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* D V B T T I M I N G S
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* BT.656/BT.1120 timing data */
|
||||
struct <link linkend="v4l2-bt-timings">v4l2_bt_timings</link> {
|
||||
__u32 width; /* width in pixels */
|
||||
__u32 height; /* height in lines */
|
||||
__u32 interlaced; /* Interlaced or progressive */
|
||||
__u32 polarities; /* Positive or negative polarity */
|
||||
__u64 pixelclock; /* Pixel clock in HZ. Ex. 74.25MHz->74250000 */
|
||||
__u32 hfrontporch; /* Horizpontal front porch in pixels */
|
||||
__u32 hsync; /* Horizontal Sync length in pixels */
|
||||
__u32 hbackporch; /* Horizontal back porch in pixels */
|
||||
__u32 vfrontporch; /* Vertical front porch in pixels */
|
||||
__u32 vsync; /* Vertical Sync length in lines */
|
||||
__u32 vbackporch; /* Vertical back porch in lines */
|
||||
__u32 il_vfrontporch; /* Vertical front porch for bottom field of
|
||||
* interlaced field formats
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__u32 il_vsync; /* Vertical sync length for bottom field of
|
||||
* interlaced field formats
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__u32 il_vbackporch; /* Vertical back porch for bottom field of
|
||||
* interlaced field formats
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__u32 reserved[16];
|
||||
} __attribute__ ((packed));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Interlaced or progressive format */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_PROGRESSIVE 0
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_INTERLACED 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Polarities. If bit is not set, it is assumed to be negative polarity */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL 0x00000001
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL 0x00000002
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* DV timings */
|
||||
struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-timings">v4l2_dv_timings</link> {
|
||||
__u32 type;
|
||||
union {
|
||||
struct <link linkend="v4l2-bt-timings">v4l2_bt_timings</link> bt;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[32];
|
||||
};
|
||||
} __attribute__ ((packed));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Values for the type field */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120 0 /* BT.656/1120 timing type */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* V I D E O I N P U T S
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -744,7 +837,8 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-input">v4l2_input</link> {
|
|||
__u32 tuner; /* Associated tuner */
|
||||
v4l2_std_id std;
|
||||
__u32 status;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[4];
|
||||
__u32 capabilities;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[3];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Values for the 'type' field */
|
||||
|
@ -775,6 +869,11 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-input">v4l2_input</link> {
|
|||
#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_ACCESS 0x02000000 /* Conditional access denied */
|
||||
#define V4L2_IN_ST_VTR 0x04000000 /* VTR time constant */
|
||||
|
||||
/* capabilities flags */
|
||||
#define V4L2_IN_CAP_PRESETS 0x00000001 /* Supports S_DV_PRESET */
|
||||
#define V4L2_IN_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS 0x00000002 /* Supports S_DV_TIMINGS */
|
||||
#define V4L2_IN_CAP_STD 0x00000004 /* Supports S_STD */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* V I D E O O U T P U T S
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -785,13 +884,19 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-output">v4l2_output</link> {
|
|||
__u32 audioset; /* Associated audios (bitfield) */
|
||||
__u32 modulator; /* Associated modulator */
|
||||
v4l2_std_id std;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[4];
|
||||
__u32 capabilities;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[3];
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* Values for the 'type' field */
|
||||
#define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR 1
|
||||
#define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOG 2
|
||||
#define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOGVGAOVERLAY 3
|
||||
|
||||
/* capabilities flags */
|
||||
#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_PRESETS 0x00000001 /* Supports S_DV_PRESET */
|
||||
#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS 0x00000002 /* Supports S_DV_TIMINGS */
|
||||
#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_STD 0x00000004 /* Supports S_STD */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* C O N T R O L S
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -1626,6 +1731,13 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-dbg-chip-ident">v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link> {
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK _IOW('V', 82, struct <link linkend="v4l2-hw-freq-seek">v4l2_hw_freq_seek</link>)
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS _IOWR('V', 83, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-enum-preset">v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link>)
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET _IOWR('V', 84, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link>)
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET _IOWR('V', 85, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link>)
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET _IOR('V', 86, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link>)
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS _IOWR('V', 87, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-timings">v4l2_dv_timings</link>)
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS _IOWR('V', 88, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-timings">v4l2_dv_timings</link>)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reminder: when adding new ioctls please add support for them to
|
||||
drivers/media/video/v4l2-compat-ioctl32.c as well! */
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
238
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
Normal file
238
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
|
|||
<refentry id="vidioc-enum-dv-presets">
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</refentrytitle>
|
||||
&manvol;
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
|
||||
<refnamediv>
|
||||
<refname>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Enumerate supported Digital Video presets</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct v4l2_dv_enum_preset *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Arguments</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>&fd;</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Description</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To query the attributes of a DV preset, applications initialize the
|
||||
<structfield>index</structfield> field and zero the reserved array of &v4l2-dv-enum-preset;
|
||||
and call the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
|
||||
structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
|
||||
&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all DV Presets supported,
|
||||
applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the
|
||||
driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>. Drivers may enumerate a
|
||||
different set of DV presets after switching the video input or
|
||||
output.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-enum-preset">
|
||||
<title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_enum_presets</structname></title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-str;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Number of the DV preset, set by the
|
||||
application.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>preset</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>This field identifies one of the DV preset values listed in <xref linkend="v4l2-dv-presets-vals"/>.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u8</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>name</structfield>[24]</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Name of the preset, a NUL-terminated ASCII string, for example: "720P-60", "1080I-60". This information is
|
||||
intended for the user.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Width of the active video in pixels for the DV preset.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Height of the active video in lines for the DV preset.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set the array to zero.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-presets-vals">
|
||||
<title>struct <structname>DV Presets</structname></title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-str;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>Preset</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Preset value</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Description</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_INVALID</entry>
|
||||
<entry>0</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Invalid preset value.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_480P59_94</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1</entry>
|
||||
<entry>720x480 progressive video at 59.94 fps as per BT.1362.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_576P50</entry>
|
||||
<entry>2</entry>
|
||||
<entry>720x576 progressive video at 50 fps as per BT.1362.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_720P24</entry>
|
||||
<entry>3</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1280x720 progressive video at 24 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_720P25</entry>
|
||||
<entry>4</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1280x720 progressive video at 25 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_720P30</entry>
|
||||
<entry>5</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1280x720 progressive video at 30 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_720P50</entry>
|
||||
<entry>6</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1280x720 progressive video at 50 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_720P59_94</entry>
|
||||
<entry>7</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1280x720 progressive video at 59.94 fps as per SMPTE 274M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_720P60</entry>
|
||||
<entry>8</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1280x720 progressive video at 60 fps as per SMPTE 274M/296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080I29_97</entry>
|
||||
<entry>9</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 29.97 fps as per BT.1120/SMPTE 274M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080I30</entry>
|
||||
<entry>10</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 30 fps as per BT.1120/SMPTE 274M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080I25</entry>
|
||||
<entry>11</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 25 fps as per BT.1120.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080I50</entry>
|
||||
<entry>12</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 50 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080I60</entry>
|
||||
<entry>13</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 60 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080P24</entry>
|
||||
<entry>14</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 24 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080P25</entry>
|
||||
<entry>15</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 25 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080P30</entry>
|
||||
<entry>16</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 30 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080P50</entry>
|
||||
<entry>17</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 50 fps as per BT.1120.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080P60</entry>
|
||||
<entry>18</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 60 fps as per BT.1120.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
&return-value;
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The &v4l2-dv-enum-preset; <structfield>index</structfield>
|
||||
is out of bounds.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
|
||||
indent-tabs-mode: nil
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
|
@ -124,7 +124,13 @@ current input.</entry>
|
|||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>capabilities</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>This field provides capabilities for the
|
||||
input. See <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> for flags.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
|
||||
the array to zero.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
|
@ -261,6 +267,34 @@ flag is set Macrovision has been detected.</entry>
|
|||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Capability flags based on video timings RFC by Muralidharan
|
||||
Karicheri, titled RFC (v1.2): V4L - Support for video timings at the
|
||||
input/output interface to linux-media@vger.kernel.org on 19 Oct 2009.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
<table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="input-capabilities">
|
||||
<title>Input capabilities</title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-def;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_PRESETS</constant></entry>
|
||||
<entry>0x00000001</entry>
|
||||
<entry>This input supports setting DV presets by using VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
|
||||
<entry>0x00000002</entry>
|
||||
<entry>This input supports setting custom video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_STD</constant></entry>
|
||||
<entry>0x00000004</entry>
|
||||
<entry>This input supports setting the TV standard by using VIDIOC_S_STD.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -114,7 +114,13 @@ details on video standards and how to switch see <xref
|
|||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>capabilities</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>This field provides capabilities for the
|
||||
output. See <xref linkend="output-capabilities" /> for flags.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
|
||||
the array to zero.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
|
@ -147,6 +153,34 @@ CVBS, S-Video, RGB.</entry>
|
|||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Capabilities flags based on video timings RFC by Muralidharan
|
||||
Karicheri, titled RFC (v1.2): V4L - Support for video timings at the
|
||||
input/output interface to linux-media@vger.kernel.org on 19 Oct 2009.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
<table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="output-capabilities">
|
||||
<title>Output capabilities</title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-def;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_PRESETS</constant></entry>
|
||||
<entry>0x00000001</entry>
|
||||
<entry>This output supports setting DV presets by using VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
|
||||
<entry>0x00000002</entry>
|
||||
<entry>This output supports setting custom video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_STD</constant></entry>
|
||||
<entry>0x00000004</entry>
|
||||
<entry>This output supports setting the TV standard by using VIDIOC_S_STD.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
&return-value;
|
||||
|
|
111
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
Normal file
111
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
|
|||
<refentry id="vidioc-g-dv-preset">
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</refentrytitle>
|
||||
&manvol;
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
|
||||
<refnamediv>
|
||||
<refname>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</refname>
|
||||
<refname>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Query or select the DV preset of the current input or output</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>&v4l2-dv-preset;
|
||||
*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Arguments</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>&fd;</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Description</title>
|
||||
<para>To query and select the current DV preset, applications
|
||||
use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant> and <constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant>
|
||||
ioctls which take a pointer to a &v4l2-dv-preset; type as argument.
|
||||
Applications must zero the reserved array in &v4l2-dv-preset;.
|
||||
<constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant> returns a dv preset in the field
|
||||
<structfield>preset</structfield> of &v4l2-dv-preset;.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant> accepts a pointer to a &v4l2-dv-preset;
|
||||
that has the preset value to be set. Applications must zero the reserved array in &v4l2-dv-preset;.
|
||||
If the preset is not supported, it returns an &EINVAL; </para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
&return-value;
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This ioctl is not supported, or the
|
||||
<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant>,<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the preset.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-preset">
|
||||
<title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_preset</structname></title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-str;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>preset</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Preset value to represent the digital video timings</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved[4]</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Reserved fields for future use</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
|
||||
indent-tabs-mode: nil
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
224
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
Normal file
224
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
|
|||
<refentry id="vidioc-g-dv-timings">
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</refentrytitle>
|
||||
&manvol;
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
|
||||
<refnamediv>
|
||||
<refname>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</refname>
|
||||
<refname>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Get or set custom DV timings for input or output</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>&v4l2-dv-timings;
|
||||
*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Arguments</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>&fd;</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Description</title>
|
||||
<para>To set custom DV timings for the input or output, applications use the
|
||||
<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl and to get the current custom timings,
|
||||
applications use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl. The detailed timing
|
||||
information is filled in using the structure &v4l2-dv-timings;. These ioctls take
|
||||
a pointer to the &v4l2-dv-timings; structure as argument. If the ioctl is not supported
|
||||
or the timing values are not correct, the driver returns &EINVAL;.</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
&return-value;
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This ioctl is not supported, or the
|
||||
<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the timings.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-bt-timings">
|
||||
<title>struct <structname>v4l2_bt_timings</structname></title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-str;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Width of the active video in pixels</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Height of the active video in lines</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>interlaced</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Progressive (0) or interlaced (1)</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>polarities</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>This is a bit mask that defines polarities of sync signals.
|
||||
bit 0 (V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL) is for vertical sync polarity and bit 1 (V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL) is for horizontal sync polarity. If the bit is set
|
||||
(1) it is positive polarity and if is cleared (0), it is negative polarity.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u64</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>pixelclock</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Pixel clock in Hz. Ex. 74.25MHz->74250000</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>hfrontporch</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Horizontal front porch in pixels</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>hsync</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Horizontal sync length in pixels</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>hbackporch</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Horizontal back porch in pixels</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>vfrontporch</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Vertical front porch in lines</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>vsync</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Vertical sync length in lines</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>vbackporch</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Vertical back porch in lines</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>il_vfrontporch</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Vertical front porch in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>il_vsync</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Vertical sync length in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>il_vbackporch</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Vertical back porch in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-timings">
|
||||
<title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_timings</structname></title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="4">
|
||||
&cs-str;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Type of DV timings as listed in <xref linkend="dv-timing-types"/>.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>union</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield></structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry>&v4l2-bt-timings;</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>bt</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Timings defined by BT.656/1120 specifications</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[32]</entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dv-timing-types">
|
||||
<title>DV Timing types</title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-str;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>Timing type</entry>
|
||||
<entry>value</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Description</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120</entry>
|
||||
<entry>0</entry>
|
||||
<entry>BT.656/1120 timings</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
|
||||
indent-tabs-mode: nil
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
|
@ -86,6 +86,12 @@ standards.</para>
|
|||
<constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the standard</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
|
85
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
Normal file
85
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
|||
<refentry id="vidioc-query-dv-preset">
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</refentrytitle>
|
||||
&manvol;
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
|
||||
<refnamediv>
|
||||
<refname>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Sense the DV preset received by the current
|
||||
input</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>&v4l2-dv-preset; *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Arguments</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>&fd;</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Description</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The hardware may be able to detect the current DV preset
|
||||
automatically, similar to sensing the video standard. To do so, applications
|
||||
call <constant> VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</constant> with a pointer to a
|
||||
&v4l2-dv-preset; type. Once the hardware detects a preset, that preset is
|
||||
returned in the preset field of &v4l2-dv-preset;. When detection is not
|
||||
possible or fails, the value V4L2_DV_INVALID is returned.</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
&return-value;
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This ioctl is not supported.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The device is busy and therefore can not sense the preset</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
|
||||
indent-tabs-mode: nil
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
|
@ -70,6 +70,12 @@ current video input or output.</para>
|
|||
<para>This ioctl is not supported.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The device is busy and therefore can not detect the standard</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ kernel patches.
|
|||
2: Passes allnoconfig, allmodconfig
|
||||
|
||||
3: Builds on multiple CPU architectures by using local cross-compile tools
|
||||
or something like PLM at OSDL.
|
||||
or some other build farm.
|
||||
|
||||
4: ppc64 is a good architecture for cross-compilation checking because it
|
||||
tends to use `unsigned long' for 64-bit quantities.
|
||||
|
@ -88,3 +88,6 @@ kernel patches.
|
|||
|
||||
24: All memory barriers {e.g., barrier(), rmb(), wmb()} need a comment in the
|
||||
source code that explains the logic of what they are doing and why.
|
||||
|
||||
25: If any ioctl's are added by the patch, then also update
|
||||
Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt.
|
||||
|
|
66
Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt
Normal file
66
Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
|||
Linux ACPI Custom Control Method How To
|
||||
=======================================
|
||||
|
||||
Written by Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Linux supports customizing ACPI control methods at runtime.
|
||||
|
||||
Users can use this to
|
||||
1. override an existing method which may not work correctly,
|
||||
or just for debugging purposes.
|
||||
2. insert a completely new method in order to create a missing
|
||||
method such as _OFF, _ON, _STA, _INI, etc.
|
||||
For these cases, it is far simpler to dynamically install a single
|
||||
control method rather than override the entire DSDT, because kernel
|
||||
rebuild/reboot is not needed and test result can be got in minutes.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Only ACPI METHOD can be overridden, any other object types like
|
||||
"Device", "OperationRegion", are not recognized.
|
||||
Note: The same ACPI control method can be overridden for many times,
|
||||
and it's always the latest one that used by Linux/kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
1. override an existing method
|
||||
a) get the ACPI table via ACPI sysfs I/F. e.g. to get the DSDT,
|
||||
just run "cat /sys/firmware/acpi/tables/DSDT > /tmp/dsdt.dat"
|
||||
b) disassemble the table by running "iasl -d dsdt.dat".
|
||||
c) rewrite the ASL code of the method and save it in a new file,
|
||||
d) package the new file (psr.asl) to an ACPI table format.
|
||||
Here is an example of a customized \_SB._AC._PSR method,
|
||||
|
||||
DefinitionBlock ("", "SSDT", 1, "", "", 0x20080715)
|
||||
{
|
||||
External (ACON)
|
||||
|
||||
Method (\_SB_.AC._PSR, 0, NotSerialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Store ("In AC _PSR", Debug)
|
||||
Return (ACON)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
Note that the full pathname of the method in ACPI namespace
|
||||
should be used.
|
||||
And remember to use "External" to declare external objects.
|
||||
e) assemble the file to generate the AML code of the method.
|
||||
e.g. "iasl psr.asl" (psr.aml is generated as a result)
|
||||
f) mount debugfs by "mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug"
|
||||
g) override the old method via the debugfs by running
|
||||
"cat /tmp/psr.aml > /sys/kernel/debug/acpi/custom_method"
|
||||
|
||||
2. insert a new method
|
||||
This is easier than overriding an existing method.
|
||||
We just need to create the ASL code of the method we want to
|
||||
insert and then follow the step c) ~ g) in section 1.
|
||||
|
||||
3. undo your changes
|
||||
The "undo" operation is not supported for a new inserted method
|
||||
right now, i.e. we can not remove a method currently.
|
||||
For an overrided method, in order to undo your changes, please
|
||||
save a copy of the method original ASL code in step c) section 1,
|
||||
and redo step c) ~ g) to override the method with the original one.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Note: We can use a kernel with multiple custom ACPI method running,
|
||||
But each individual write to debugfs can implement a SINGLE
|
||||
method override. i.e. if we want to insert/override multiple
|
||||
ACPI methods, we need to redo step c) ~ g) for multiple times.
|
317
Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS
Normal file
317
Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
|
|||
OMAP2/3 Display Subsystem
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This is an almost total rewrite of the OMAP FB driver in drivers/video/omap
|
||||
(let's call it DSS1). The main differences between DSS1 and DSS2 are DSI,
|
||||
TV-out and multiple display support, but there are lots of small improvements
|
||||
also.
|
||||
|
||||
The DSS2 driver (omapdss module) is in arch/arm/plat-omap/dss/, and the FB,
|
||||
panel and controller drivers are in drivers/video/omap2/. DSS1 and DSS2 live
|
||||
currently side by side, you can choose which one to use.
|
||||
|
||||
Features
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
Working and tested features include:
|
||||
|
||||
- MIPI DPI (parallel) output
|
||||
- MIPI DSI output in command mode
|
||||
- MIPI DBI (RFBI) output
|
||||
- SDI output
|
||||
- TV output
|
||||
- All pieces can be compiled as a module or inside kernel
|
||||
- Use DISPC to update any of the outputs
|
||||
- Use CPU to update RFBI or DSI output
|
||||
- OMAP DISPC planes
|
||||
- RGB16, RGB24 packed, RGB24 unpacked
|
||||
- YUV2, UYVY
|
||||
- Scaling
|
||||
- Adjusting DSS FCK to find a good pixel clock
|
||||
- Use DSI DPLL to create DSS FCK
|
||||
|
||||
Tested boards include:
|
||||
- OMAP3 SDP board
|
||||
- Beagle board
|
||||
- N810
|
||||
|
||||
omapdss driver
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
The DSS driver does not itself have any support for Linux framebuffer, V4L or
|
||||
such like the current ones, but it has an internal kernel API that upper level
|
||||
drivers can use.
|
||||
|
||||
The DSS driver models OMAP's overlays, overlay managers and displays in a
|
||||
flexible way to enable non-common multi-display configuration. In addition to
|
||||
modelling the hardware overlays, omapdss supports virtual overlays and overlay
|
||||
managers. These can be used when updating a display with CPU or system DMA.
|
||||
|
||||
Panel and controller drivers
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The drivers implement panel or controller specific functionality and are not
|
||||
usually visible to users except through omapfb driver. They register
|
||||
themselves to the DSS driver.
|
||||
|
||||
omapfb driver
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
The omapfb driver implements arbitrary number of standard linux framebuffers.
|
||||
These framebuffers can be routed flexibly to any overlays, thus allowing very
|
||||
dynamic display architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
The driver exports some omapfb specific ioctls, which are compatible with the
|
||||
ioctls in the old driver.
|
||||
|
||||
The rest of the non standard features are exported via sysfs. Whether the final
|
||||
implementation will use sysfs, or ioctls, is still open.
|
||||
|
||||
V4L2 drivers
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
V4L2 is being implemented in TI.
|
||||
|
||||
From omapdss point of view the V4L2 drivers should be similar to framebuffer
|
||||
driver.
|
||||
|
||||
Architecture
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Some clarification what the different components do:
|
||||
|
||||
- Framebuffer is a memory area inside OMAP's SRAM/SDRAM that contains the
|
||||
pixel data for the image. Framebuffer has width and height and color
|
||||
depth.
|
||||
- Overlay defines where the pixels are read from and where they go on the
|
||||
screen. The overlay may be smaller than framebuffer, thus displaying only
|
||||
part of the framebuffer. The position of the overlay may be changed if
|
||||
the overlay is smaller than the display.
|
||||
- Overlay manager combines the overlays in to one image and feeds them to
|
||||
display.
|
||||
- Display is the actual physical display device.
|
||||
|
||||
A framebuffer can be connected to multiple overlays to show the same pixel data
|
||||
on all of the overlays. Note that in this case the overlay input sizes must be
|
||||
the same, but, in case of video overlays, the output size can be different. Any
|
||||
framebuffer can be connected to any overlay.
|
||||
|
||||
An overlay can be connected to one overlay manager. Also DISPC overlays can be
|
||||
connected only to DISPC overlay managers, and virtual overlays can be only
|
||||
connected to virtual overlays.
|
||||
|
||||
An overlay manager can be connected to one display. There are certain
|
||||
restrictions which kinds of displays an overlay manager can be connected:
|
||||
|
||||
- DISPC TV overlay manager can be only connected to TV display.
|
||||
- Virtual overlay managers can only be connected to DBI or DSI displays.
|
||||
- DISPC LCD overlay manager can be connected to all displays, except TV
|
||||
display.
|
||||
|
||||
Sysfs
|
||||
-----
|
||||
The sysfs interface is mainly used for testing. I don't think sysfs
|
||||
interface is the best for this in the final version, but I don't quite know
|
||||
what would be the best interfaces for these things.
|
||||
|
||||
The sysfs interface is divided to two parts: DSS and FB.
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/class/graphics/fb? directory:
|
||||
mirror 0=off, 1=on
|
||||
rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees
|
||||
rotate_type 0 = DMA rotation, 1 = VRFB rotation
|
||||
overlays List of overlay numbers to which framebuffer pixels go
|
||||
phys_addr Physical address of the framebuffer
|
||||
virt_addr Virtual address of the framebuffer
|
||||
size Size of the framebuffer
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay? directory:
|
||||
enabled 0=off, 1=on
|
||||
input_size width,height (ie. the framebuffer size)
|
||||
manager Destination overlay manager name
|
||||
name
|
||||
output_size width,height
|
||||
position x,y
|
||||
screen_width width
|
||||
global_alpha global alpha 0-255 0=transparent 255=opaque
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager? directory:
|
||||
display Destination display
|
||||
name
|
||||
alpha_blending_enabled 0=off, 1=on
|
||||
trans_key_enabled 0=off, 1=on
|
||||
trans_key_type gfx-destination, video-source
|
||||
trans_key_value transparency color key (RGB24)
|
||||
default_color default background color (RGB24)
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display? directory:
|
||||
ctrl_name Controller name
|
||||
mirror 0=off, 1=on
|
||||
update_mode 0=off, 1=auto, 2=manual
|
||||
enabled 0=off, 1=on
|
||||
name
|
||||
rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees
|
||||
timings Display timings (pixclock,xres/hfp/hbp/hsw,yres/vfp/vbp/vsw)
|
||||
When writing, two special timings are accepted for tv-out:
|
||||
"pal" and "ntsc"
|
||||
panel_name
|
||||
tear_elim Tearing elimination 0=off, 1=on
|
||||
|
||||
There are also some debugfs files at <debugfs>/omapdss/ which show information
|
||||
about clocks and registers.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
The following definitions have been made for the examples below:
|
||||
|
||||
ovl0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay0
|
||||
ovl1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay1
|
||||
ovl2=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay2
|
||||
|
||||
mgr0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager0
|
||||
mgr1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager1
|
||||
|
||||
lcd=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display0
|
||||
dvi=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display1
|
||||
tv=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display2
|
||||
|
||||
fb0=/sys/class/graphics/fb0
|
||||
fb1=/sys/class/graphics/fb1
|
||||
fb2=/sys/class/graphics/fb2
|
||||
|
||||
Default setup on OMAP3 SDP
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Here's the default setup on OMAP3 SDP board. All planes go to LCD. DVI
|
||||
and TV-out are not in use. The columns from left to right are:
|
||||
framebuffers, overlays, overlay managers, displays. Framebuffers are
|
||||
handled by omapfb, and the rest by the DSS.
|
||||
|
||||
FB0 --- GFX -\ DVI
|
||||
FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD ---- LCD
|
||||
FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV
|
||||
|
||||
Example: Switch from LCD to DVI
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
w=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
|
||||
h=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
|
||||
|
||||
echo "0" > $lcd/enabled
|
||||
echo "" > $mgr0/display
|
||||
fbset -fb /dev/fb0 -xres $w -yres $h -vxres $w -vyres $h
|
||||
# at this point you have to switch the dvi/lcd dip-switch from the omap board
|
||||
echo "dvi" > $mgr0/display
|
||||
echo "1" > $dvi/enabled
|
||||
|
||||
After this the configuration looks like:
|
||||
|
||||
FB0 --- GFX -\ -- DVI
|
||||
FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD -/ LCD
|
||||
FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV
|
||||
|
||||
Example: Clone GFX overlay to LCD and TV
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
w=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
|
||||
h=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
|
||||
|
||||
echo "0" > $ovl0/enabled
|
||||
echo "0" > $ovl1/enabled
|
||||
|
||||
echo "" > $fb1/overlays
|
||||
echo "0,1" > $fb0/overlays
|
||||
|
||||
echo "$w,$h" > $ovl1/output_size
|
||||
echo "tv" > $ovl1/manager
|
||||
|
||||
echo "1" > $ovl0/enabled
|
||||
echo "1" > $ovl1/enabled
|
||||
|
||||
echo "1" > $tv/enabled
|
||||
|
||||
After this the configuration looks like (only relevant parts shown):
|
||||
|
||||
FB0 +-- GFX ---- LCD ---- LCD
|
||||
\- VID1 ---- TV ---- TV
|
||||
|
||||
Misc notes
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
OMAP FB allocates the framebuffer memory using the OMAP VRAM allocator.
|
||||
|
||||
Using DSI DPLL to generate pixel clock it is possible produce the pixel clock
|
||||
of 86.5MHz (max possible), and with that you get 1280x1024@57 output from DVI.
|
||||
|
||||
Rotation and mirroring currently only supports RGB565 and RGB8888 modes. VRFB
|
||||
does not support mirroring.
|
||||
|
||||
VRFB rotation requires much more memory than non-rotated framebuffer, so you
|
||||
probably need to increase your vram setting before using VRFB rotation. Also,
|
||||
many applications may not work with VRFB if they do not pay attention to all
|
||||
framebuffer parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
Kernel boot arguments
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
|
||||
vram=<size>
|
||||
- Amount of total VRAM to preallocate. For example, "10M". omapfb
|
||||
allocates memory for framebuffers from VRAM.
|
||||
|
||||
omapfb.mode=<display>:<mode>[,...]
|
||||
- Default video mode for specified displays. For example,
|
||||
"dvi:800x400MR-24@60". See drivers/video/modedb.c.
|
||||
There are also two special modes: "pal" and "ntsc" that
|
||||
can be used to tv out.
|
||||
|
||||
omapfb.vram=<fbnum>:<size>[@<physaddr>][,...]
|
||||
- VRAM allocated for a framebuffer. Normally omapfb allocates vram
|
||||
depending on the display size. With this you can manually allocate
|
||||
more or define the physical address of each framebuffer. For example,
|
||||
"1:4M" to allocate 4M for fb1.
|
||||
|
||||
omapfb.debug=<y|n>
|
||||
- Enable debug printing. You have to have OMAPFB debug support enabled
|
||||
in kernel config.
|
||||
|
||||
omapfb.test=<y|n>
|
||||
- Draw test pattern to framebuffer whenever framebuffer settings change.
|
||||
You need to have OMAPFB debug support enabled in kernel config.
|
||||
|
||||
omapfb.vrfb=<y|n>
|
||||
- Use VRFB rotation for all framebuffers.
|
||||
|
||||
omapfb.rotate=<angle>
|
||||
- Default rotation applied to all framebuffers.
|
||||
0 - 0 degree rotation
|
||||
1 - 90 degree rotation
|
||||
2 - 180 degree rotation
|
||||
3 - 270 degree rotation
|
||||
|
||||
omapfb.mirror=<y|n>
|
||||
- Default mirror for all framebuffers. Only works with DMA rotation.
|
||||
|
||||
omapdss.def_disp=<display>
|
||||
- Name of default display, to which all overlays will be connected.
|
||||
Common examples are "lcd" or "tv".
|
||||
|
||||
omapdss.debug=<y|n>
|
||||
- Enable debug printing. You have to have DSS debug support enabled in
|
||||
kernel config.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO
|
||||
----
|
||||
|
||||
DSS locking
|
||||
|
||||
Error checking
|
||||
- Lots of checks are missing or implemented just as BUG()
|
||||
|
||||
System DMA update for DSI
|
||||
- Can be used for RGB16 and RGB24P modes. Probably not for RGB24U (how
|
||||
to skip the empty byte?)
|
||||
|
||||
OMAP1 support
|
||||
- Not sure if needed
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
|
|||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- This file
|
||||
|
||||
cache-lock.txt
|
||||
- HOWTO for blackfin cache locking.
|
||||
|
||||
cachefeatures.txt
|
||||
- Supported cache features.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
6
Documentation/blackfin/Makefile
Normal file
6
Documentation/blackfin/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
|||
obj-m := gptimers-example.o
|
||||
|
||||
all: modules
|
||||
|
||||
modules clean:
|
||||
$(MAKE) -C ../.. SUBDIRS=$(PWD) $@
|
|
@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* File: Documentation/blackfin/cache-lock.txt
|
||||
* Based on:
|
||||
* Author:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Created:
|
||||
* Description: This file contains the simple DMA Implementation for Blackfin
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Rev: $Id: cache-lock.txt 2384 2006-11-01 04:12:43Z magicyang $
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Modified:
|
||||
* Copyright 2004-2006 Analog Devices Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Bugs: Enter bugs at http://blackfin.uclinux.org/
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
How to lock your code in cache in uClinux/blackfin
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
There are only a few steps required to lock your code into the cache.
|
||||
Currently you can lock the code by Way.
|
||||
|
||||
Below are the interface provided for locking the cache.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. cache_grab_lock(int Ways);
|
||||
|
||||
This function grab the lock for locking your code into the cache specified
|
||||
by Ways.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. cache_lock(int Ways);
|
||||
|
||||
This function should be called after your critical code has been executed.
|
||||
Once the critical code exits, the code is now loaded into the cache. This
|
||||
function locks the code into the cache.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
So, the example sequence will be:
|
||||
|
||||
cache_grab_lock(WAY0_L); /* Grab the lock */
|
||||
|
||||
critical_code(); /* Execute the code of interest */
|
||||
|
||||
cache_lock(WAY0_L); /* Lock the cache */
|
||||
|
||||
Where WAY0_L signifies WAY0 locking.
|
|
@ -41,16 +41,6 @@
|
|||
icplb_flush();
|
||||
dcplb_flush();
|
||||
|
||||
- Locking the cache.
|
||||
|
||||
cache_grab_lock();
|
||||
cache_lock();
|
||||
|
||||
Please refer linux-2.6.x/Documentation/blackfin/cache-lock.txt for how to
|
||||
lock the cache.
|
||||
|
||||
Locking the cache is optional feature.
|
||||
|
||||
- Miscellaneous cache functions.
|
||||
|
||||
flush_cache_all();
|
||||
|
|
83
Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c
Normal file
83
Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Simple gptimers example
|
||||
* http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=linux-kernel:drivers:gptimers
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2007-2009 Analog Devices Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Licensed under the GPL-2 or later.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/interrupt.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/module.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/gptimers.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/portmux.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* ... random driver includes ... */
|
||||
|
||||
#define DRIVER_NAME "gptimer_example"
|
||||
|
||||
struct gptimer_data {
|
||||
uint32_t period, width;
|
||||
};
|
||||
static struct gptimer_data data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* ... random driver state ... */
|
||||
|
||||
static irqreturn_t gptimer_example_irq(int irq, void *dev_id)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct gptimer_data *data = dev_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/* make sure it was our timer which caused the interrupt */
|
||||
if (!get_gptimer_intr(TIMER5_id))
|
||||
return IRQ_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read the width/period values that were captured for the waveform */
|
||||
data->width = get_gptimer_pwidth(TIMER5_id);
|
||||
data->period = get_gptimer_period(TIMER5_id);
|
||||
|
||||
/* acknowledge the interrupt */
|
||||
clear_gptimer_intr(TIMER5_id);
|
||||
|
||||
/* tell the upper layers we took care of things */
|
||||
return IRQ_HANDLED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ... random driver code ... */
|
||||
|
||||
static int __init gptimer_example_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
|
||||
/* grab the peripheral pins */
|
||||
ret = peripheral_request(P_TMR5, DRIVER_NAME);
|
||||
if (ret) {
|
||||
printk(KERN_NOTICE DRIVER_NAME ": peripheral request failed\n");
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* grab the IRQ for the timer */
|
||||
ret = request_irq(IRQ_TIMER5, gptimer_example_irq, IRQF_SHARED, DRIVER_NAME, &data);
|
||||
if (ret) {
|
||||
printk(KERN_NOTICE DRIVER_NAME ": IRQ request failed\n");
|
||||
peripheral_free(P_TMR5);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* setup the timer and enable it */
|
||||
set_gptimer_config(TIMER5_id, WDTH_CAP | PULSE_HI | PERIOD_CNT | IRQ_ENA);
|
||||
enable_gptimers(TIMER5bit);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
module_init(gptimer_example_init);
|
||||
|
||||
static void __exit gptimer_example_exit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
disable_gptimers(TIMER5bit);
|
||||
free_irq(IRQ_TIMER5, &data);
|
||||
peripheral_free(P_TMR5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
module_exit(gptimer_example_exit);
|
||||
|
||||
MODULE_LICENSE("BSD");
|
|
@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ policy->cpuinfo.max_freq - the minimum and maximum frequency
|
|||
(in kHz) which is supported by
|
||||
this CPU
|
||||
policy->cpuinfo.transition_latency the time it takes on this CPU to
|
||||
switch between two frequencies (if
|
||||
appropriate, else specify
|
||||
CPUFREQ_ETERNAL)
|
||||
switch between two frequencies in
|
||||
nanoseconds (if appropriate, else
|
||||
specify CPUFREQ_ETERNAL)
|
||||
|
||||
policy->cur The current operating frequency of
|
||||
this CPU (if appropriate)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -203,6 +203,17 @@ scaling_cur_freq : Current frequency of the CPU as determined by
|
|||
the frequency the kernel thinks the CPU runs
|
||||
at.
|
||||
|
||||
bios_limit : If the BIOS tells the OS to limit a CPU to
|
||||
lower frequencies, the user can read out the
|
||||
maximum available frequency from this file.
|
||||
This typically can happen through (often not
|
||||
intended) BIOS settings, restrictions
|
||||
triggered through a service processor or other
|
||||
BIOS/HW based implementations.
|
||||
This does not cover thermal ACPI limitations
|
||||
which can be detected through the generic
|
||||
thermal driver.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have selected the "userspace" governor which allows you to
|
||||
set the CPU operating frequency to a specific value, you can read out
|
||||
the current frequency in
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -49,6 +49,12 @@ maxcpus=n Restrict boot time cpus to n. Say if you have 4 cpus, using
|
|||
additional_cpus=n (*) Use this to limit hotpluggable cpus. This option sets
|
||||
cpu_possible_map = cpu_present_map + additional_cpus
|
||||
|
||||
cede_offline={"off","on"} Use this option to disable/enable putting offlined
|
||||
processors to an extended H_CEDE state on
|
||||
supported pseries platforms.
|
||||
If nothing is specified,
|
||||
cede_offline is set to "on".
|
||||
|
||||
(*) Option valid only for following architectures
|
||||
- ia64
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -309,41 +315,26 @@ A: The following are what is required for CPU hotplug infrastructure to work
|
|||
|
||||
Q: I need to ensure that a particular cpu is not removed when there is some
|
||||
work specific to this cpu is in progress.
|
||||
A: First switch the current thread context to preferred cpu
|
||||
A: There are two ways. If your code can be run in interrupt context, use
|
||||
smp_call_function_single(), otherwise use work_on_cpu(). Note that
|
||||
work_on_cpu() is slow, and can fail due to out of memory:
|
||||
|
||||
int my_func_on_cpu(int cpu)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cpumask_t saved_mask, new_mask = CPU_MASK_NONE;
|
||||
int curr_cpu, err = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
saved_mask = current->cpus_allowed;
|
||||
cpu_set(cpu, new_mask);
|
||||
err = set_cpus_allowed(current, new_mask);
|
||||
|
||||
if (err)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If we got scheduled out just after the return from
|
||||
* set_cpus_allowed() before running the work, this ensures
|
||||
* we stay locked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
curr_cpu = get_cpu();
|
||||
|
||||
if (curr_cpu != cpu) {
|
||||
err = -EAGAIN;
|
||||
goto ret;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Do work : But cant sleep, since get_cpu() disables preempt
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
ret:
|
||||
put_cpu();
|
||||
set_cpus_allowed(current, saved_mask);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
get_online_cpus();
|
||||
if (!cpu_online(cpu))
|
||||
err = -EINVAL;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#if NEEDS_BLOCKING
|
||||
err = work_on_cpu(cpu, __my_func_on_cpu, NULL);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
smp_call_function_single(cpu, __my_func_on_cpu, &err,
|
||||
true);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
put_online_cpus();
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Q: How do we determine how many CPUs are available for hotplug.
|
||||
A: There is no clear spec defined way from ACPI that can give us that
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,13 +8,19 @@ the block device which are also writable without interfering with the
|
|||
original content;
|
||||
*) To create device "forks", i.e. multiple different versions of the
|
||||
same data stream.
|
||||
*) To merge a snapshot of a block device back into the snapshot's origin
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
In the first two cases, dm copies only the chunks of data that get
|
||||
changed and uses a separate copy-on-write (COW) block device for
|
||||
storage.
|
||||
|
||||
For snapshot merge the contents of the COW storage are merged back into
|
||||
the origin device.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
In both cases, dm copies only the chunks of data that get changed and
|
||||
uses a separate copy-on-write (COW) block device for storage.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
There are two dm targets available: snapshot and snapshot-origin.
|
||||
There are three dm targets available:
|
||||
snapshot, snapshot-origin, and snapshot-merge.
|
||||
|
||||
*) snapshot-origin <origin>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -40,8 +46,25 @@ The difference is that for transient snapshots less metadata must be
|
|||
saved on disk - they can be kept in memory by the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
How this is used by LVM2
|
||||
========================
|
||||
* snapshot-merge <origin> <COW device> <persistent> <chunksize>
|
||||
|
||||
takes the same table arguments as the snapshot target except it only
|
||||
works with persistent snapshots. This target assumes the role of the
|
||||
"snapshot-origin" target and must not be loaded if the "snapshot-origin"
|
||||
is still present for <origin>.
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a merging snapshot that takes control of the changed chunks
|
||||
stored in the <COW device> of an existing snapshot, through a handover
|
||||
procedure, and merges these chunks back into the <origin>. Once merging
|
||||
has started (in the background) the <origin> may be opened and the merge
|
||||
will continue while I/O is flowing to it. Changes to the <origin> are
|
||||
deferred until the merging snapshot's corresponding chunk(s) have been
|
||||
merged. Once merging has started the snapshot device, associated with
|
||||
the "snapshot" target, will return -EIO when accessed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
How snapshot is used by LVM2
|
||||
============================
|
||||
When you create the first LVM2 snapshot of a volume, four dm devices are used:
|
||||
|
||||
1) a device containing the original mapping table of the source volume;
|
||||
|
@ -72,3 +95,30 @@ brw------- 1 root root 254, 12 29 ago 18:15 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-snap-cow
|
|||
brw------- 1 root root 254, 13 29 ago 18:15 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-snap
|
||||
brw------- 1 root root 254, 10 29 ago 18:14 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-base
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
How snapshot-merge is used by LVM2
|
||||
==================================
|
||||
A merging snapshot assumes the role of the "snapshot-origin" while
|
||||
merging. As such the "snapshot-origin" is replaced with
|
||||
"snapshot-merge". The "-real" device is not changed and the "-cow"
|
||||
device is renamed to <origin name>-cow to aid LVM2's cleanup of the
|
||||
merging snapshot after it completes. The "snapshot" that hands over its
|
||||
COW device to the "snapshot-merge" is deactivated (unless using lvchange
|
||||
--refresh); but if it is left active it will simply return I/O errors.
|
||||
|
||||
A snapshot will merge into its origin with the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
lvconvert --merge volumeGroup/snap
|
||||
|
||||
we'll now have this situation:
|
||||
|
||||
# dmsetup table|grep volumeGroup
|
||||
|
||||
volumeGroup-base-real: 0 2097152 linear 8:19 384
|
||||
volumeGroup-base-cow: 0 204800 linear 8:19 2097536
|
||||
volumeGroup-base: 0 2097152 snapshot-merge 254:11 254:12 P 16
|
||||
|
||||
# ls -lL /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-*
|
||||
brw------- 1 root root 254, 11 29 ago 18:15 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-base-real
|
||||
brw------- 1 root root 254, 12 29 ago 18:16 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-base-cow
|
||||
brw------- 1 root root 254, 10 29 ago 18:16 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-base
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -103,6 +103,7 @@ gconf
|
|||
gen-devlist
|
||||
gen_crc32table
|
||||
gen_init_cpio
|
||||
generated
|
||||
genheaders
|
||||
genksyms
|
||||
*_gray256.c
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
|
|||
VIA UniChrome Family(CLE266, PM800 / CN400 / CN300,
|
||||
P4M800CE / P4M800Pro / CN700 / VN800,
|
||||
CX700 / VX700, K8M890, P4M890,
|
||||
CN896 / P4M900, VX800)
|
||||
CN896 / P4M900, VX800, VX855)
|
||||
|
||||
[Driver features]
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
@ -154,13 +154,6 @@
|
|||
0 : No Dual Edge Panel (default)
|
||||
1 : Dual Edge Panel
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_video_dev:
|
||||
This option is used to specify video output devices(CRT, DVI, LCD) for
|
||||
duoview case.
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
To output video on DVI, we should use:
|
||||
modprobe viafb viafb_video_dev=DVI...
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_lcd_port:
|
||||
This option is used to specify LCD output port,
|
||||
available values are "DVP0" "DVP1" "DFP_HIGHLOW" "DFP_HIGH" "DFP_LOW".
|
||||
|
@ -181,9 +174,6 @@ Notes:
|
|||
and bpp, need to call VIAFB specified ioctl interface VIAFB_SET_DEVICE
|
||||
instead of calling common ioctl function FBIOPUT_VSCREENINFO since
|
||||
viafb doesn't support multi-head well, or it will cause screen crush.
|
||||
4. VX800 2D accelerator hasn't been supported in this driver yet. When
|
||||
using driver on VX800, the driver will disable the acceleration
|
||||
function as default.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Configure viafb with "fbset" tool]
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -291,22 +291,6 @@ Who: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
|
|||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: usedac i386 kernel parameter
|
||||
When: 2.6.27
|
||||
Why: replaced by allowdac and no dac combination
|
||||
Who: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: print_fn_descriptor_symbol()
|
||||
When: October 2009
|
||||
Why: The %pF vsprintf format provides the same functionality in a
|
||||
simpler way. print_fn_descriptor_symbol() is deprecated but
|
||||
still present to give out-of-tree modules time to change.
|
||||
Who: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/o2cb symlink
|
||||
When: January 2010
|
||||
Why: /sys/fs/o2cb is the proper location for this information - /sys/o2cb
|
||||
|
@ -490,3 +474,22 @@ Why: Obsoleted by the adt7475 driver.
|
|||
Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
What: Support for lcd_switch and display_get in asus-laptop driver
|
||||
When: March 2010
|
||||
Why: These two features use non-standard interfaces. There are the
|
||||
only features that really need multiple path to guess what's
|
||||
the right method name on a specific laptop.
|
||||
|
||||
Removing them will allow to remove a lot of code an significantly
|
||||
clean the drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
This will affect the backlight code which won't be able to know
|
||||
if the backlight is on or off. The platform display file will also be
|
||||
write only (like the one in eeepc-laptop).
|
||||
|
||||
This should'nt affect a lot of user because they usually know
|
||||
when their display is on or off.
|
||||
|
||||
Who: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
|
|||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- this file (info on some of the filesystems supported by linux).
|
||||
Exporting
|
||||
- explanation of how to make filesystems exportable.
|
||||
Locking
|
||||
- info on locking rules as they pertain to Linux VFS.
|
||||
9p.txt
|
||||
|
@ -68,12 +66,8 @@ mandatory-locking.txt
|
|||
- info on the Linux implementation of Sys V mandatory file locking.
|
||||
ncpfs.txt
|
||||
- info on Novell Netware(tm) filesystem using NCP protocol.
|
||||
nfs41-server.txt
|
||||
- info on the Linux server implementation of NFSv4 minor version 1.
|
||||
nfs-rdma.txt
|
||||
- how to install and setup the Linux NFS/RDMA client and server software.
|
||||
nfsroot.txt
|
||||
- short guide on setting up a diskless box with NFS root filesystem.
|
||||
nfs/
|
||||
- nfs-related documentation.
|
||||
nilfs2.txt
|
||||
- info and mount options for the NILFS2 filesystem.
|
||||
ntfs.txt
|
||||
|
@ -92,8 +86,6 @@ relay.txt
|
|||
- info on relay, for efficient streaming from kernel to user space.
|
||||
romfs.txt
|
||||
- description of the ROMFS filesystem.
|
||||
rpc-cache.txt
|
||||
- introduction to the caching mechanisms in the sunrpc layer.
|
||||
seq_file.txt
|
||||
- how to use the seq_file API
|
||||
sharedsubtree.txt
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ journal_dev=devnum When the external journal device's major/minor numbers
|
|||
identified through its new major/minor numbers encoded
|
||||
in devnum.
|
||||
|
||||
noload Don't load the journal on mounting. Note that this forces
|
||||
mount of inconsistent filesystem, which can lead to
|
||||
norecovery Don't load the journal on mounting. Note that this forces
|
||||
noload mount of inconsistent filesystem, which can lead to
|
||||
various problems.
|
||||
|
||||
data=journal All data are committed into the journal prior to being
|
||||
|
|
16
Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX
Normal file
16
Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
|||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- this file (nfs-related documentation).
|
||||
Exporting
|
||||
- explanation of how to make filesystems exportable.
|
||||
knfsd-stats.txt
|
||||
- statistics which the NFS server makes available to user space.
|
||||
nfs.txt
|
||||
- nfs client, and DNS resolution for fs_locations.
|
||||
nfs41-server.txt
|
||||
- info on the Linux server implementation of NFSv4 minor version 1.
|
||||
nfs-rdma.txt
|
||||
- how to install and setup the Linux NFS/RDMA client and server software
|
||||
nfsroot.txt
|
||||
- short guide on setting up a diskless box with NFS root filesystem.
|
||||
rpc-cache.txt
|
||||
- introduction to the caching mechanisms in the sunrpc layer.
|
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ interoperability problems with future clients. Known issues:
|
|||
conformant with the spec (for example, we don't use kerberos
|
||||
on the backchannel correctly).
|
||||
- no trunking support: no clients currently take advantage of
|
||||
trunking, but this is a mandatory failure, and its use is
|
||||
trunking, but this is a mandatory feature, and its use is
|
||||
recommended to clients in a number of places. (E.g. to ensure
|
||||
timely renewal in case an existing connection's retry timeouts
|
||||
have gotten too long; see section 8.3 of the draft.)
|
||||
|
@ -213,3 +213,10 @@ The following cases aren't supported yet:
|
|||
DESTROY_CLIENTID, DESTROY_SESSION, EXCHANGE_ID.
|
||||
* DESTROY_SESSION MUST be the final operation in the COMPOUND request.
|
||||
|
||||
Nonstandard compound limitations:
|
||||
* No support for a sessions fore channel RPC compound that requires both a
|
||||
ca_maxrequestsize request and a ca_maxresponsesize reply, so we may
|
||||
fail to live up to the promise we made in CREATE_SESSION fore channel
|
||||
negotiation.
|
||||
* No more than one IO operation (read, write, readdir) allowed per
|
||||
compound.
|
|
@ -49,8 +49,7 @@ Mount options
|
|||
NILFS2 supports the following mount options:
|
||||
(*) == default
|
||||
|
||||
barrier=on(*) This enables/disables barriers. barrier=off disables
|
||||
it, barrier=on enables it.
|
||||
nobarrier Disables barriers.
|
||||
errors=continue(*) Keep going on a filesystem error.
|
||||
errors=remount-ro Remount the filesystem read-only on an error.
|
||||
errors=panic Panic and halt the machine if an error occurs.
|
||||
|
@ -71,6 +70,10 @@ order=strict Apply strict in-order semantics that preserves sequence
|
|||
blocks. That means, it is guaranteed that no
|
||||
overtaking of events occurs in the recovered file
|
||||
system after a crash.
|
||||
norecovery Disable recovery of the filesystem on mount.
|
||||
This disables every write access on the device for
|
||||
read-only mounts or snapshots. This option will fail
|
||||
for r/w mounts on an unclean volume.
|
||||
|
||||
NILFS2 usage
|
||||
============
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Callers of notify_change() need ->i_mutex now.
|
|||
New super_block field "struct export_operations *s_export_op" for
|
||||
explicit support for exporting, e.g. via NFS. The structure is fully
|
||||
documented at its declaration in include/linux/fs.h, and in
|
||||
Documentation/filesystems/Exporting.
|
||||
Documentation/filesystems/nfs/Exporting.
|
||||
|
||||
Briefly it allows for the definition of decode_fh and encode_fh operations
|
||||
to encode and decode filehandles, and allows the filesystem to use
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ Table of Contents
|
|||
3.3 /proc/<pid>/io - Display the IO accounting fields
|
||||
3.4 /proc/<pid>/coredump_filter - Core dump filtering settings
|
||||
3.5 /proc/<pid>/mountinfo - Information about mounts
|
||||
3.6 /proc/<pid>/comm & /proc/<pid>/task/<tid>/comm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
@ -1409,3 +1410,11 @@ For more information on mount propagation see:
|
|||
|
||||
Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3.6 /proc/<pid>/comm & /proc/<pid>/task/<tid>/comm
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
These files provide a method to access a tasks comm value. It also allows for
|
||||
a task to set its own or one of its thread siblings comm value. The comm value
|
||||
is limited in size compared to the cmdline value, so writing anything longer
|
||||
then the kernel's TASK_COMM_LEN (currently 16 chars) will result in a truncated
|
||||
comm value.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -248,9 +248,7 @@ code, that is done in the initialization code in the usual way:
|
|||
{
|
||||
struct proc_dir_entry *entry;
|
||||
|
||||
entry = create_proc_entry("sequence", 0, NULL);
|
||||
if (entry)
|
||||
entry->proc_fops = &ct_file_ops;
|
||||
proc_create("sequence", 0, NULL, &ct_file_ops);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ __sync_single_inode) to check if ->writepages has been successful in
|
|||
writing out the whole address_space.
|
||||
|
||||
The Writeback tag is used by filemap*wait* and sync_page* functions,
|
||||
via wait_on_page_writeback_range, to wait for all writeback to
|
||||
via filemap_fdatawait_range, to wait for all writeback to
|
||||
complete. While waiting ->sync_page (if defined) will be called on
|
||||
each page that is found to require writeback.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -531,6 +531,13 @@ and have the following read/write attributes:
|
|||
This file exists only if the pin can be configured as an
|
||||
interrupt generating input pin.
|
||||
|
||||
"active_low" ... reads as either 0 (false) or 1 (true). Write
|
||||
any nonzero value to invert the value attribute both
|
||||
for reading and writing. Existing and subsequent
|
||||
poll(2) support configuration via the edge attribute
|
||||
for "rising" and "falling" edges will follow this
|
||||
setting.
|
||||
|
||||
GPIO controllers have paths like /sys/class/gpio/gpiochip42/ (for the
|
||||
controller implementing GPIOs starting at #42) and have the following
|
||||
read-only attributes:
|
||||
|
@ -566,6 +573,8 @@ requested using gpio_request():
|
|||
int gpio_export_link(struct device *dev, const char *name,
|
||||
unsigned gpio)
|
||||
|
||||
/* change the polarity of a GPIO node in sysfs */
|
||||
int gpio_sysfs_set_active_low(unsigned gpio, int value);
|
||||
|
||||
After a kernel driver requests a GPIO, it may only be made available in
|
||||
the sysfs interface by gpio_export(). The driver can control whether the
|
||||
|
@ -580,3 +589,9 @@ After the GPIO has been exported, gpio_export_link() allows creating
|
|||
symlinks from elsewhere in sysfs to the GPIO sysfs node. Drivers can
|
||||
use this to provide the interface under their own device in sysfs with
|
||||
a descriptive name.
|
||||
|
||||
Drivers can use gpio_sysfs_set_active_low() to hide GPIO line polarity
|
||||
differences between boards from user space. This only affects the
|
||||
sysfs interface. Polarity change can be done both before and after
|
||||
gpio_export(), and previously enabled poll(2) support for either
|
||||
rising or falling edge will be reconfigured to follow this setting.
|
||||
|
|
60
Documentation/hwmon/k10temp
Normal file
60
Documentation/hwmon/k10temp
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
|||
Kernel driver k10temp
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
Supported chips:
|
||||
* AMD Family 10h processors:
|
||||
Socket F: Quad-Core/Six-Core/Embedded Opteron
|
||||
Socket AM2+: Opteron, Phenom (II) X3/X4
|
||||
Socket AM3: Quad-Core Opteron, Athlon/Phenom II X2/X3/X4, Sempron II
|
||||
Socket S1G3: Athlon II, Sempron, Turion II
|
||||
* AMD Family 11h processors:
|
||||
Socket S1G2: Athlon (X2), Sempron (X2), Turion X2 (Ultra)
|
||||
|
||||
Prefix: 'k10temp'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: PCI space
|
||||
Datasheets:
|
||||
BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) For AMD Family 10h Processors:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/31116.pdf
|
||||
BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) for AMD Family 11h Processors:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41256.pdf
|
||||
Revision Guide for AMD Family 10h Processors:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41322.pdf
|
||||
Revision Guide for AMD Family 11h Processors:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41788.pdf
|
||||
AMD Family 11h Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet for Notebooks:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/43373.pdf
|
||||
AMD Family 10h Server and Workstation Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/43374.pdf
|
||||
AMD Family 10h Desktop Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/43375.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
This driver permits reading of the internal temperature sensor of AMD
|
||||
Family 10h and 11h processors.
|
||||
|
||||
All these processors have a sensor, but on older revisions of Family 10h
|
||||
processors, the sensor may return inconsistent values (erratum 319). The
|
||||
driver will refuse to load on these revisions unless you specify the
|
||||
"force=1" module parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
There is one temperature measurement value, available as temp1_input in
|
||||
sysfs. It is measured in degrees Celsius with a resolution of 1/8th degree.
|
||||
Please note that it is defined as a relative value; to quote the AMD manual:
|
||||
|
||||
Tctl is the processor temperature control value, used by the platform to
|
||||
control cooling systems. Tctl is a non-physical temperature on an
|
||||
arbitrary scale measured in degrees. It does _not_ represent an actual
|
||||
physical temperature like die or case temperature. Instead, it specifies
|
||||
the processor temperature relative to the point at which the system must
|
||||
supply the maximum cooling for the processor's specified maximum case
|
||||
temperature and maximum thermal power dissipation.
|
||||
|
||||
The maximum value for Tctl is available in the file temp1_max.
|
||||
|
||||
If the BIOS has enabled hardware temperature control, the threshold at
|
||||
which the processor will throttle itself to avoid damage is available in
|
||||
temp1_crit and temp1_crit_hyst.
|
|
@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ Kernel driver lis3lv02d
|
|||
|
||||
Supported chips:
|
||||
|
||||
* STMicroelectronics LIS3LV02DL and LIS3LV02DQ
|
||||
* STMicroelectronics LIS3LV02DL, LIS3LV02DQ (12 bits precision)
|
||||
* STMicroelectronics LIS302DL, LIS3L02DQ, LIS331DL (8 bits)
|
||||
|
||||
Authors:
|
||||
Yan Burman <burman.yan@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
@ -13,32 +14,52 @@ Authors:
|
|||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
This driver provides support for the accelerometer found in various HP
|
||||
laptops sporting the feature officially called "HP Mobile Data
|
||||
Protection System 3D" or "HP 3D DriveGuard". It detects automatically
|
||||
laptops with this sensor. Known models (for now the HP 2133, nc6420,
|
||||
nc2510, nc8510, nc84x0, nw9440 and nx9420) will have their axis
|
||||
automatically oriented on standard way (eg: you can directly play
|
||||
neverball). The accelerometer data is readable via
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d.
|
||||
This driver provides support for the accelerometer found in various HP laptops
|
||||
sporting the feature officially called "HP Mobile Data Protection System 3D" or
|
||||
"HP 3D DriveGuard". It detects automatically laptops with this sensor. Known
|
||||
models (full list can be found in drivers/hwmon/hp_accel.c) will have their
|
||||
axis automatically oriented on standard way (eg: you can directly play
|
||||
neverball). The accelerometer data is readable via
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d. Reported values are scaled
|
||||
to mg values (1/1000th of earth gravity).
|
||||
|
||||
Sysfs attributes under /sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d/:
|
||||
position - 3D position that the accelerometer reports. Format: "(x,y,z)"
|
||||
calibrate - read: values (x, y, z) that are used as the base for input
|
||||
class device operation.
|
||||
write: forces the base to be recalibrated with the current
|
||||
position.
|
||||
rate - reports the sampling rate of the accelerometer device in HZ
|
||||
rate - read reports the sampling rate of the accelerometer device in HZ.
|
||||
write changes sampling rate of the accelerometer device.
|
||||
Only values which are supported by HW are accepted.
|
||||
selftest - performs selftest for the chip as specified by chip manufacturer.
|
||||
|
||||
This driver also provides an absolute input class device, allowing
|
||||
the laptop to act as a pinball machine-esque joystick.
|
||||
the laptop to act as a pinball machine-esque joystick. Joystick device can be
|
||||
calibrated. Joystick device can be in two different modes.
|
||||
By default output values are scaled between -32768 .. 32767. In joystick raw
|
||||
mode, joystick and sysfs position entry have the same scale. There can be
|
||||
small difference due to input system fuzziness feature.
|
||||
Events are also available as input event device.
|
||||
|
||||
Selftest is meant only for hardware diagnostic purposes. It is not meant to be
|
||||
used during normal operations. Position data is not corrupted during selftest
|
||||
but interrupt behaviour is not guaranteed to work reliably. In test mode, the
|
||||
sensing element is internally moved little bit. Selftest measures difference
|
||||
between normal mode and test mode. Chip specifications tell the acceptance
|
||||
limit for each type of the chip. Limits are provided via platform data
|
||||
to allow adjustment of the limits without a change to the actual driver.
|
||||
Seltest returns either "OK x y z" or "FAIL x y z" where x, y and z are
|
||||
measured difference between modes. Axes are not remapped in selftest mode.
|
||||
Measurement values are provided to help HW diagnostic applications to make
|
||||
final decision.
|
||||
|
||||
On HP laptops, if the led infrastructure is activated, support for a led
|
||||
indicating disk protection will be provided as /sys/class/leds/hp::hddprotect.
|
||||
|
||||
Another feature of the driver is misc device called "freefall" that
|
||||
acts similar to /dev/rtc and reacts on free-fall interrupts received
|
||||
from the device. It supports blocking operations, poll/select and
|
||||
fasync operation modes. You must read 1 bytes from the device. The
|
||||
result is number of free-fall interrupts since the last successful
|
||||
read (or 255 if number of interrupts would not fit).
|
||||
read (or 255 if number of interrupts would not fit). See the hpfall.c
|
||||
file for an example on using the device.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Axes orientation
|
||||
|
@ -55,7 +76,7 @@ the accelerometer are converted into a "standard" organisation of the axes
|
|||
* If the laptop is put upside-down, Z becomes negative
|
||||
|
||||
If your laptop model is not recognized (cf "dmesg"), you can send an
|
||||
email to the authors to add it to the database. When reporting a new
|
||||
email to the maintainer to add it to the database. When reporting a new
|
||||
laptop, please include the output of "dmidecode" plus the value of
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d/position in these four cases.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -81,8 +81,14 @@ pwm[1-4] - this file stores PWM duty cycle or DC value (fan speed) in range:
|
|||
0 (stop) to 255 (full)
|
||||
|
||||
pwm[1-4]_enable - this file controls mode of fan/temperature control:
|
||||
* 1 Manual Mode, write to pwm file any value 0-255 (full speed)
|
||||
* 2 Thermal Cruise
|
||||
* 1 Manual mode, write to pwm file any value 0-255 (full speed)
|
||||
* 2 "Thermal Cruise" mode
|
||||
* 3 "Fan Speed Cruise" mode
|
||||
* 4 "Smart Fan III" mode
|
||||
|
||||
pwm[1-4]_mode - controls if output is PWM or DC level
|
||||
* 0 DC output (0 - 12v)
|
||||
* 1 PWM output
|
||||
|
||||
Thermal Cruise mode
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ static struct i2c_driver foo_driver = {
|
|||
/* if device autodetection is needed: */
|
||||
.class = I2C_CLASS_SOMETHING,
|
||||
.detect = foo_detect,
|
||||
.address_data = &addr_data,
|
||||
.address_list = normal_i2c,
|
||||
|
||||
.shutdown = foo_shutdown, /* optional */
|
||||
.suspend = foo_suspend, /* optional */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ Datagram vs Connected modes
|
|||
fabric with a 2K MTU, the IPoIB MTU will be 2048 - 4 = 2044 bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
In connected mode, the IB RC (Reliable Connected) transport is used.
|
||||
Connected mode is to takes advantage of the connected nature of the
|
||||
IB transport and allows an MTU up to the maximal IP packet size of
|
||||
64K, which reduces the number of IP packets needed for handling
|
||||
large UDP datagrams, TCP segments, etc and increases the performance
|
||||
for large messages.
|
||||
Connected mode takes advantage of the connected nature of the IB
|
||||
transport and allows an MTU up to the maximal IP packet size of 64K,
|
||||
which reduces the number of IP packets needed for handling large UDP
|
||||
datagrams, TCP segments, etc and increases the performance for large
|
||||
messages.
|
||||
|
||||
In connected mode, the interface's UD QP is still used for multicast
|
||||
and communication with peers that don't support connected mode. In
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -68,22 +68,38 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
|
|||
for troubleshooting or to pass module parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
The module ser_gigaset provides a serial line discipline N_GIGASET_M101
|
||||
which drives the device through the regular serial line driver. It must
|
||||
be attached to the serial line to which the M101 is connected with the
|
||||
ldattach(8) command (requires util-linux-ng release 2.14 or later), for
|
||||
example:
|
||||
ldattach GIGASET_M101 /dev/ttyS1
|
||||
which uses the regular serial port driver to access the device, and must
|
||||
therefore be attached to the serial device to which the M101 is connected.
|
||||
The ldattach(8) command (included in util-linux-ng release 2.14 or later)
|
||||
can be used for that purpose, for example:
|
||||
ldattach GIGASET_M101 /dev/ttyS1
|
||||
This will open the device file, attach the line discipline to it, and
|
||||
then sleep in the background, keeping the device open so that the line
|
||||
discipline remains active. To deactivate it, kill the daemon, for example
|
||||
with
|
||||
killall ldattach
|
||||
killall ldattach
|
||||
before disconnecting the device. To have this happen automatically at
|
||||
system startup/shutdown on an LSB compatible system, create and activate
|
||||
an appropriate LSB startup script /etc/init.d/gigaset. (The init name
|
||||
'gigaset' is officially assigned to this project by LANANA.)
|
||||
Alternatively, just add the 'ldattach' command line to /etc/rc.local.
|
||||
|
||||
The modules accept the following parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Module Parameter Meaning
|
||||
|
||||
gigaset debug debug level (see section 3.2.)
|
||||
|
||||
startmode initial operation mode (see section 2.5.):
|
||||
bas_gigaset ) 1=ISDN4linux/CAPI (default), 0=Unimodem
|
||||
ser_gigaset )
|
||||
usb_gigaset ) cidmode initial Call-ID mode setting (see section
|
||||
2.5.): 1=on (default), 0=off
|
||||
|
||||
Depending on your distribution you may want to create a separate module
|
||||
configuration file /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset for these, or add them to a
|
||||
custom file like /etc/modprobe.conf.local.
|
||||
|
||||
2.2. Device nodes for user space programs
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
The device can be accessed from user space (eg. by the user space tools
|
||||
|
@ -93,11 +109,48 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
|
|||
- /dev/ttyGU0 for M105 (USB data boxes)
|
||||
- /dev/ttyGB0 for the base driver (direct USB connection)
|
||||
|
||||
You can also select a "default device" which is used by the frontends when
|
||||
If you connect more than one device of a type, they will get consecutive
|
||||
device nodes, eg. /dev/ttyGU1 for a second M105.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also set a "default device" for the user space tools to use when
|
||||
no device node is given as parameter, by creating a symlink /dev/ttyG to
|
||||
one of them, eg.:
|
||||
|
||||
ln -s /dev/ttyGB0 /dev/ttyG
|
||||
ln -s /dev/ttyGB0 /dev/ttyG
|
||||
|
||||
The devices accept the following device specific ioctl calls
|
||||
(defined in gigaset_dev.h):
|
||||
|
||||
ioctl(int fd, GIGASET_REDIR, int *cmd);
|
||||
If cmd==1, the device is set to be controlled exclusively through the
|
||||
character device node; access from the ISDN subsystem is blocked.
|
||||
If cmd==0, the device is set to be used from the ISDN subsystem and does
|
||||
not communicate through the character device node.
|
||||
|
||||
ioctl(int fd, GIGASET_CONFIG, int *cmd);
|
||||
(ser_gigaset and usb_gigaset only)
|
||||
If cmd==1, the device is set to adapter configuration mode where commands
|
||||
are interpreted by the M10x DECT adapter itself instead of being
|
||||
forwarded to the base station. In this mode, the device accepts the
|
||||
commands described in Siemens document "AT-Kommando Alignment M10x Data"
|
||||
for setting the operation mode, associating with a base station and
|
||||
querying parameters like field strengh and signal quality.
|
||||
Note that there is no ioctl command for leaving adapter configuration
|
||||
mode and returning to regular operation. In order to leave adapter
|
||||
configuration mode, write the command ATO to the device.
|
||||
|
||||
ioctl(int fd, GIGASET_BRKCHARS, unsigned char brkchars[6]);
|
||||
(usb_gigaset only)
|
||||
Set the break characters on an M105's internal serial adapter to the six
|
||||
bytes stored in brkchars[]. Unused bytes should be set to zero.
|
||||
|
||||
ioctl(int fd, GIGASET_VERSION, unsigned version[4]);
|
||||
Retrieve version information from the driver. version[0] must be set to
|
||||
one of:
|
||||
- GIGVER_DRIVER: retrieve driver version
|
||||
- GIGVER_COMPAT: retrieve interface compatibility version
|
||||
- GIGVER_FWBASE: retrieve the firmware version of the base
|
||||
Upon return, version[] is filled with the requested version information.
|
||||
|
||||
2.3. ISDN4linux
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
@ -113,15 +166,24 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
|
|||
Connection State: 0, Response: -1
|
||||
gigaset_process_response: resp_code -1 in ConState 0 !
|
||||
Timeout occurred
|
||||
you might need to use unimodem mode. (see section 2.5.)
|
||||
you probably need to use unimodem mode. (see section 2.5.)
|
||||
|
||||
2.4. CAPI
|
||||
----
|
||||
If the driver is compiled with CAPI support (kernel configuration option
|
||||
GIGASET_CAPI, experimental) it can also be used with CAPI 2.0 kernel and
|
||||
user space applications. ISDN4Linux is supported in this configuration
|
||||
user space applications. For user space access, the module capi.ko must
|
||||
be loaded. The capiinit command (included in the capi4k-utils package)
|
||||
does this for you.
|
||||
|
||||
The CAPI variant of the driver supports legacy ISDN4Linux applications
|
||||
via the capidrv compatibility driver. The kernel module capidrv.ko must
|
||||
be loaded explicitly ("modprobe capidrv") if needed.
|
||||
be loaded explicitly with the command
|
||||
modprobe capidrv
|
||||
if needed, and cannot be unloaded again without unloading the driver
|
||||
first. (These are limitations of capidrv.)
|
||||
|
||||
The note about unimodem mode in the preceding section applies here, too.
|
||||
|
||||
2.5. Unimodem mode
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
@ -134,9 +196,14 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
|
|||
You can switch back using
|
||||
gigacontr --mode isdn
|
||||
|
||||
You can also load the driver using e.g.
|
||||
modprobe usb_gigaset startmode=0
|
||||
to prevent the driver from starting in "isdn4linux mode".
|
||||
You can also put the driver directly into Unimodem mode when it's loaded,
|
||||
by passing the module parameter startmode=0 to the hardware specific
|
||||
module, e.g.
|
||||
modprobe usb_gigaset startmode=0
|
||||
or by adding a line like
|
||||
options usb_gigaset startmode=0
|
||||
to an appropriate module configuration file, like /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset
|
||||
or /etc/modprobe.conf.local.
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode the device works like a modem connected to a serial port
|
||||
(the /dev/ttyGU0, ... mentioned above) which understands the commands
|
||||
|
@ -164,9 +231,8 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
|
|||
|
||||
options ppp_async flag_time=0
|
||||
|
||||
to /etc/modprobe.conf. If your distribution has some local module
|
||||
configuration file like /etc/modprobe.conf.local,
|
||||
using that should be preferred.
|
||||
to an appropriate module configuration file, like /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset
|
||||
or /etc/modprobe.conf.local.
|
||||
|
||||
2.6. Call-ID (CID) mode
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
|
@ -189,12 +255,13 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
|
|||
settings (CID mode).
|
||||
- If you have several DECT data devices (M10x) which you want to use
|
||||
in turn, select Unimodem mode by passing the parameter "cidmode=0" to
|
||||
the driver ("modprobe usb_gigaset cidmode=0" or modprobe.conf).
|
||||
the appropriate driver module (ser_gigaset or usb_gigaset).
|
||||
|
||||
If you want both of these at once, you are out of luck.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also use /sys/class/tty/ttyGxy/cidmode for changing the CID mode
|
||||
setting (ttyGxy is ttyGU0 or ttyGB0).
|
||||
You can also use the tty class parameter "cidmode" of the device to
|
||||
change its CID mode while the driver is loaded, eg.
|
||||
echo 0 > /sys/class/tty/ttyGU0/cidmode
|
||||
|
||||
2.7. Unregistered Wireless Devices (M101/M105)
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
@ -208,7 +275,7 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
|
|||
driver. In that situation, a restricted set of functions is available
|
||||
which includes, in particular, those necessary for registering the device
|
||||
to a base or for switching it between Fixed Part and Portable Part
|
||||
modes.
|
||||
modes. See the gigacontr(8) manpage for details.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Troubleshooting
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
@ -222,9 +289,7 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
|
|||
|
||||
options isdn dialtimeout=15
|
||||
|
||||
to /etc/modprobe.conf. If your distribution has some local module
|
||||
configuration file like /etc/modprobe.conf.local,
|
||||
using that should be preferred.
|
||||
to /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset, /etc/modprobe.conf.local or a similar file.
|
||||
|
||||
Problem:
|
||||
Your isdn script aborts with a message about isdnlog.
|
||||
|
@ -264,7 +329,8 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
|
|||
The initial value can be set using the debug parameter when loading the
|
||||
module "gigaset", e.g. by adding a line
|
||||
options gigaset debug=0
|
||||
to /etc/modprobe.conf, ...
|
||||
to your module configuration file, eg. /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset or
|
||||
/etc/modprobe.conf.local.
|
||||
|
||||
Generated debugging information can be found
|
||||
- as output of the command
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,17 @@
|
|||
Output files
|
||||
|
||||
modules.order
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
This file records the order in which modules appear in Makefiles. This
|
||||
is used by modprobe to deterministically resolve aliases that match
|
||||
multiple modules.
|
||||
|
||||
modules.builtin
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
This file lists all modules that are built into the kernel. This is used
|
||||
by modprobe to not fail when trying to load something builtin.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Environment variables
|
||||
|
||||
KCPPFLAGS
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -103,10 +103,16 @@ KCONFIG_AUTOCONFIG
|
|||
This environment variable can be set to specify the path & name of the
|
||||
"auto.conf" file. Its default value is "include/config/auto.conf".
|
||||
|
||||
KCONFIG_TRISTATE
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
This environment variable can be set to specify the path & name of the
|
||||
"tristate.conf" file. Its default value is "include/config/tristate.conf".
|
||||
|
||||
KCONFIG_AUTOHEADER
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
This environment variable can be set to specify the path & name of the
|
||||
"autoconf.h" (header) file. Its default value is "include/linux/autoconf.h".
|
||||
"autoconf.h" (header) file.
|
||||
Its default value is "include/generated/autoconf.h".
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
======================================================================
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
No delay
|
||||
|
||||
ip= [IP_PNP]
|
||||
See Documentation/filesystems/nfsroot.txt.
|
||||
See Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
ip2= [HW] Set IO/IRQ pairs for up to 4 IntelliPort boards
|
||||
See comment before ip2_setup() in
|
||||
|
@ -1553,10 +1553,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
going to be removed in 2.6.29.
|
||||
|
||||
nfsaddrs= [NFS]
|
||||
See Documentation/filesystems/nfsroot.txt.
|
||||
See Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
nfsroot= [NFS] nfs root filesystem for disk-less boxes.
|
||||
See Documentation/filesystems/nfsroot.txt.
|
||||
See Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
nfs.callback_tcpport=
|
||||
[NFS] set the TCP port on which the NFSv4 callback
|
||||
|
@ -1787,6 +1787,11 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
waiting for the ACK, so if this is set too high
|
||||
interrupts *may* be lost!
|
||||
|
||||
omap_mux= [OMAP] Override bootloader pin multiplexing.
|
||||
Format: <mux_mode0.mode_name=value>...
|
||||
For example, to override I2C bus2:
|
||||
omap_mux=i2c2_scl.i2c2_scl=0x100,i2c2_sda.i2c2_sda=0x100
|
||||
|
||||
opl3= [HW,OSS]
|
||||
Format: <io>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2663,6 +2668,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
to a common usb-storage quirk flag as follows:
|
||||
a = SANE_SENSE (collect more than 18 bytes
|
||||
of sense data);
|
||||
b = BAD_SENSE (don't collect more than 18
|
||||
bytes of sense data);
|
||||
c = FIX_CAPACITY (decrease the reported
|
||||
device capacity by one sector);
|
||||
h = CAPACITY_HEURISTICS (decrease the
|
||||
|
@ -2722,6 +2729,11 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
vmpoff= [KNL,S390] Perform z/VM CP command after power off.
|
||||
Format: <command>
|
||||
|
||||
vt.cur_default= [VT] Default cursor shape.
|
||||
Format: 0xCCBBAA, where AA, BB, and CC are the same as
|
||||
the parameters of the <Esc>[?A;B;Cc escape sequence;
|
||||
see VGA-softcursor.txt. Default: 2 = underline.
|
||||
|
||||
vt.default_blu= [VT]
|
||||
Format: <blue0>,<blue1>,<blue2>,...,<blue15>
|
||||
Change the default blue palette of the console.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
ThinkPad ACPI Extras Driver
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.23
|
||||
April 10th, 2009
|
||||
Version 0.24
|
||||
December 11th, 2009
|
||||
|
||||
Borislav Deianov <borislav@users.sf.net>
|
||||
Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
|
||||
|
@ -460,6 +460,8 @@ event code Key Notes
|
|||
For Lenovo ThinkPads with a new
|
||||
BIOS, it has to be handled either
|
||||
by the ACPI OSI, or by userspace.
|
||||
The driver does the right thing,
|
||||
never mess with this.
|
||||
0x1011 0x10 FN+END Brightness down. See brightness
|
||||
up for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -582,46 +584,15 @@ with hotkey_report_mode.
|
|||
|
||||
Brightness hotkey notes:
|
||||
|
||||
These are the current sane choices for brightness key mapping in
|
||||
thinkpad-acpi:
|
||||
Don't mess with the brightness hotkeys in a Thinkpad. If you want
|
||||
notifications for OSD, use the sysfs backlight class event support.
|
||||
|
||||
For IBM and Lenovo models *without* ACPI backlight control (the ones on
|
||||
which thinkpad-acpi will autoload its backlight interface by default,
|
||||
and on which ACPI video does not export a backlight interface):
|
||||
|
||||
1. Don't enable or map the brightness hotkeys in thinkpad-acpi, as
|
||||
these older firmware versions unfortunately won't respect the hotkey
|
||||
mask for brightness keys anyway, and always reacts to them. This
|
||||
usually work fine, unless X.org drivers are doing something to block
|
||||
the BIOS. In that case, use (3) below. This is the default mode of
|
||||
operation.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Enable the hotkeys, but map them to something else that is NOT
|
||||
KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP/DOWN or any other keycode that would cause
|
||||
userspace to try to change the backlight level, and use that as an
|
||||
on-screen-display hint.
|
||||
|
||||
3. IF AND ONLY IF X.org drivers find a way to block the firmware from
|
||||
automatically changing the brightness, enable the hotkeys and map
|
||||
them to KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP and KEY_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN, and feed that to
|
||||
something that calls xbacklight. thinkpad-acpi will not be able to
|
||||
change brightness in that case either, so you should disable its
|
||||
backlight interface.
|
||||
|
||||
For Lenovo models *with* ACPI backlight control:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Load up ACPI video and use that. ACPI video will report ACPI
|
||||
events for brightness change keys. Do not mess with thinkpad-acpi
|
||||
defaults in this case. thinkpad-acpi should not have anything to do
|
||||
with backlight events in a scenario where ACPI video is loaded:
|
||||
brightness hotkeys must be disabled, and the backlight interface is
|
||||
to be kept disabled as well. This is the default mode of operation.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Do *NOT* load up ACPI video, enable the hotkeys in thinkpad-acpi,
|
||||
and map them to KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP and KEY_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN. Process
|
||||
these keys on userspace somehow (e.g. by calling xbacklight).
|
||||
The driver will do this automatically if it detects that ACPI video
|
||||
has been disabled.
|
||||
The driver will issue KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP and KEY_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN events
|
||||
automatically for the cases were userspace has to do something to
|
||||
implement brightness changes. When you override these events, you will
|
||||
either fail to handle properly the ThinkPads that require explicit
|
||||
action to change backlight brightness, or the ThinkPads that require
|
||||
that no action be taken to work properly.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bluetooth
|
||||
|
@ -1121,25 +1092,61 @@ WARNING:
|
|||
its level up and down at every change.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Volume control -- /proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
---------------------------------------
|
||||
Volume control
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
This feature allows volume control on ThinkPad models which don't have
|
||||
a hardware volume knob. The available commands are:
|
||||
procfs: /proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
ALSA: "ThinkPad Console Audio Control", default ID: "ThinkPadEC"
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: by default, the volume control interface operates in read-only
|
||||
mode, as it is supposed to be used for on-screen-display purposes.
|
||||
The read/write mode can be enabled through the use of the
|
||||
"volume_control=1" module parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: distros are urged to not enable volume_control by default, this
|
||||
should be done by the local admin only. The ThinkPad UI is for the
|
||||
console audio control to be done through the volume keys only, and for
|
||||
the desktop environment to just provide on-screen-display feedback.
|
||||
Software volume control should be done only in the main AC97/HDA
|
||||
mixer.
|
||||
|
||||
This feature allows volume control on ThinkPad models with a digital
|
||||
volume knob (when available, not all models have it), as well as
|
||||
mute/unmute control. The available commands are:
|
||||
|
||||
echo up >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
echo down >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
echo mute >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
echo unmute >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
echo 'level <level>' >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
|
||||
The <level> number range is 0 to 15 although not all of them may be
|
||||
The <level> number range is 0 to 14 although not all of them may be
|
||||
distinct. The unmute the volume after the mute command, use either the
|
||||
up or down command (the level command will not unmute the volume).
|
||||
up or down command (the level command will not unmute the volume), or
|
||||
the unmute command.
|
||||
|
||||
The current volume level and mute state is shown in the file.
|
||||
|
||||
The ALSA mixer interface to this feature is still missing, but patches
|
||||
to add it exist. That problem should be addressed in the not so
|
||||
distant future.
|
||||
You can use the volume_capabilities parameter to tell the driver
|
||||
whether your thinkpad has volume control or mute-only control:
|
||||
volume_capabilities=1 for mixers with mute and volume control,
|
||||
volume_capabilities=2 for mixers with only mute control.
|
||||
|
||||
If the driver misdetects the capabilities for your ThinkPad model,
|
||||
please report this to ibm-acpi-devel@lists.sourceforge.net, so that we
|
||||
can update the driver.
|
||||
|
||||
There are two strategies for volume control. To select which one
|
||||
should be used, use the volume_mode module parameter: volume_mode=1
|
||||
selects EC mode, and volume_mode=3 selects EC mode with NVRAM backing
|
||||
(so that volume/mute changes are remembered across shutdown/reboot).
|
||||
|
||||
The driver will operate in volume_mode=3 by default. If that does not
|
||||
work well on your ThinkPad model, please report this to
|
||||
ibm-acpi-devel@lists.sourceforge.net.
|
||||
|
||||
The driver supports the standard ALSA module parameters. If the ALSA
|
||||
mixer is disabled, the driver will disable all volume functionality.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Fan control and monitoring: fan speed, fan enable/disable
|
||||
|
@ -1405,6 +1412,7 @@ to enable more than one output class, just add their values.
|
|||
0x0008 HKEY event interface, hotkeys
|
||||
0x0010 Fan control
|
||||
0x0020 Backlight brightness
|
||||
0x0040 Audio mixer/volume control
|
||||
|
||||
There is also a kernel build option to enable more debugging
|
||||
information, which may be necessary to debug driver problems.
|
||||
|
@ -1465,3 +1473,9 @@ Sysfs interface changelog:
|
|||
and it is always able to disable hot keys. Very old
|
||||
thinkpads are properly supported. hotkey_bios_mask
|
||||
is deprecated and marked for removal.
|
||||
|
||||
0x020600: Marker for backlight change event support.
|
||||
|
||||
0x020700: Support for mute-only mixers.
|
||||
Volume control in read-only mode by default.
|
||||
Marker for ALSA mixer support.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -62,8 +62,20 @@ applicable).
|
|||
It also tracks 4 contention points per class. A contention point is a call site
|
||||
that had to wait on lock acquisition.
|
||||
|
||||
- CONFIGURATION
|
||||
|
||||
Lock statistics are enabled via CONFIG_LOCK_STATS.
|
||||
|
||||
- USAGE
|
||||
|
||||
Enable collection of statistics:
|
||||
|
||||
# echo 1 >/proc/sys/kernel/lock_stat
|
||||
|
||||
Disable collection of statistics:
|
||||
|
||||
# echo 0 >/proc/sys/kernel/lock_stat
|
||||
|
||||
Look at the current lock statistics:
|
||||
|
||||
( line numbers not part of actual output, done for clarity in the explanation
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -233,9 +233,9 @@ All md devices contain:
|
|||
|
||||
resync_start
|
||||
The point at which resync should start. If no resync is needed,
|
||||
this will be a very large number. At array creation it will
|
||||
default to 0, though starting the array as 'clean' will
|
||||
set it much larger.
|
||||
this will be a very large number (or 'none' since 2.6.30-rc1). At
|
||||
array creation it will default to 0, though starting the array as
|
||||
'clean' will set it much larger.
|
||||
|
||||
new_dev
|
||||
This file can be written but not read. The value written should
|
||||
|
@ -296,6 +296,51 @@ All md devices contain:
|
|||
active-idle
|
||||
like active, but no writes have been seen for a while (safe_mode_delay).
|
||||
|
||||
bitmap/location
|
||||
This indicates where the write-intent bitmap for the array is
|
||||
stored.
|
||||
It can be one of "none", "file" or "[+-]N".
|
||||
"file" may later be extended to "file:/file/name"
|
||||
"[+-]N" means that many sectors from the start of the metadata.
|
||||
This is replicated on all devices. For arrays with externally
|
||||
managed metadata, the offset is from the beginning of the
|
||||
device.
|
||||
bitmap/chunksize
|
||||
The size, in bytes, of the chunk which will be represented by a
|
||||
single bit. For RAID456, it is a portion of an individual
|
||||
device. For RAID10, it is a portion of the array. For RAID1, it
|
||||
is both (they come to the same thing).
|
||||
bitmap/time_base
|
||||
The time, in seconds, between looking for bits in the bitmap to
|
||||
be cleared. In the current implementation, a bit will be cleared
|
||||
between 2 and 3 times "time_base" after all the covered blocks
|
||||
are known to be in-sync.
|
||||
bitmap/backlog
|
||||
When write-mostly devices are active in a RAID1, write requests
|
||||
to those devices proceed in the background - the filesystem (or
|
||||
other user of the device) does not have to wait for them.
|
||||
'backlog' sets a limit on the number of concurrent background
|
||||
writes. If there are more than this, new writes will by
|
||||
synchronous.
|
||||
bitmap/metadata
|
||||
This can be either 'internal' or 'external'.
|
||||
'internal' is the default and means the metadata for the bitmap
|
||||
is stored in the first 256 bytes of the allocated space and is
|
||||
managed by the md module.
|
||||
'external' means that bitmap metadata is managed externally to
|
||||
the kernel (i.e. by some userspace program)
|
||||
bitmap/can_clear
|
||||
This is either 'true' or 'false'. If 'true', then bits in the
|
||||
bitmap will be cleared when the corresponding blocks are thought
|
||||
to be in-sync. If 'false', bits will never be cleared.
|
||||
This is automatically set to 'false' if a write happens on a
|
||||
degraded array, or if the array becomes degraded during a write.
|
||||
When metadata is managed externally, it should be set to true
|
||||
once the array becomes non-degraded, and this fact has been
|
||||
recorded in the metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
As component devices are added to an md array, they appear in the 'md'
|
||||
directory as new directories named
|
||||
|
@ -334,8 +379,9 @@ Each directory contains:
|
|||
Writing "writemostly" sets the writemostly flag.
|
||||
Writing "-writemostly" clears the writemostly flag.
|
||||
Writing "blocked" sets the "blocked" flag.
|
||||
Writing "-blocked" clear the "blocked" flag and allows writes
|
||||
Writing "-blocked" clears the "blocked" flag and allows writes
|
||||
to complete.
|
||||
Writing "in_sync" sets the in_sync flag.
|
||||
|
||||
This file responds to select/poll. Any change to 'faulty'
|
||||
or 'blocked' causes an event.
|
||||
|
@ -372,6 +418,24 @@ Each directory contains:
|
|||
array. If a value less than the current component_size is
|
||||
written, it will be rejected.
|
||||
|
||||
recovery_start
|
||||
|
||||
When the device is not 'in_sync', this records the number of
|
||||
sectors from the start of the device which are known to be
|
||||
correct. This is normally zero, but during a recovery
|
||||
operation is will steadily increase, and if the recovery is
|
||||
interrupted, restoring this value can cause recovery to
|
||||
avoid repeating the earlier blocks. With v1.x metadata, this
|
||||
value is saved and restored automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
This can be set whenever the device is not an active member of
|
||||
the array, either before the array is activated, or before
|
||||
the 'slot' is set.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting this to 'none' is equivalent to setting 'in_sync'.
|
||||
Setting to any other value also clears the 'in_sync' flag.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
An active md device will also contain and entry for each active device
|
||||
in the array. These are named
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -160,12 +160,15 @@ Under each section, you can see 4 files.
|
|||
NOTE:
|
||||
These directories/files appear after physical memory hotplug phase.
|
||||
|
||||
If CONFIG_NUMA is enabled the
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX memory section
|
||||
directories can also be accessed via symbolic links located in
|
||||
the /sys/devices/system/node/node* directories. For example:
|
||||
If CONFIG_NUMA is enabled the memoryXXX/ directories can also be accessed
|
||||
via symbolic links located in the /sys/devices/system/node/node* directories.
|
||||
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
|
||||
|
||||
A backlink will also be created:
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------
|
||||
4. Physical memory hot-add phase
|
||||
--------------------------------
|
||||
|
|
57
Documentation/misc-devices/ad525x_dpot.txt
Normal file
57
Documentation/misc-devices/ad525x_dpot.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
|||
---------------------------------
|
||||
AD525x Digital Potentiometers
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The ad525x_dpot driver exports a simple sysfs interface. This allows you to
|
||||
work with the immediate resistance settings as well as update the saved startup
|
||||
settings. Access to the factory programmed tolerance is also provided, but
|
||||
interpretation of this settings is required by the end application according to
|
||||
the specific part in use.
|
||||
|
||||
---------
|
||||
Files
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
Each dpot device will have a set of eeprom, rdac, and tolerance files. How
|
||||
many depends on the actual part you have, as will the range of allowed values.
|
||||
|
||||
The eeprom files are used to program the startup value of the device.
|
||||
|
||||
The rdac files are used to program the immediate value of the device.
|
||||
|
||||
The tolerance files are the read-only factory programmed tolerance settings
|
||||
and may vary greatly on a part-by-part basis. For exact interpretation of
|
||||
this field, please consult the datasheet for your part. This is presented
|
||||
as a hex file for easier parsing.
|
||||
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
Example
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
Locate the device in your sysfs tree. This is probably easiest by going into
|
||||
the common i2c directory and locating the device by the i2c slave address.
|
||||
|
||||
# ls /sys/bus/i2c/devices/
|
||||
0-0022 0-0027 0-002f
|
||||
|
||||
So assuming the device in question is on the first i2c bus and has the slave
|
||||
address of 0x2f, we descend (unrelated sysfs entries have been trimmed).
|
||||
|
||||
# ls /sys/bus/i2c/devices/0-002f/
|
||||
eeprom0 rdac0 tolerance0
|
||||
|
||||
You can use simple reads/writes to access these files:
|
||||
|
||||
# cd /sys/bus/i2c/devices/0-002f/
|
||||
|
||||
# cat eeprom0
|
||||
0
|
||||
# echo 10 > eeprom0
|
||||
# cat eeprom0
|
||||
10
|
||||
|
||||
# cat rdac0
|
||||
5
|
||||
# echo 3 > rdac0
|
||||
# cat rdac0
|
||||
3
|
|
@ -119,6 +119,32 @@ FURTHER NOTES ON NO-MMU MMAP
|
|||
granule but will only discard the excess if appropriately configured as
|
||||
this has an effect on fragmentation.
|
||||
|
||||
(*) The memory allocated by a request for an anonymous mapping will normally
|
||||
be cleared by the kernel before being returned in accordance with the
|
||||
Linux man pages (ver 2.22 or later).
|
||||
|
||||
In the MMU case this can be achieved with reasonable performance as
|
||||
regions are backed by virtual pages, with the contents only being mapped
|
||||
to cleared physical pages when a write happens on that specific page
|
||||
(prior to which, the pages are effectively mapped to the global zero page
|
||||
from which reads can take place). This spreads out the time it takes to
|
||||
initialize the contents of a page - depending on the write-usage of the
|
||||
mapping.
|
||||
|
||||
In the no-MMU case, however, anonymous mappings are backed by physical
|
||||
pages, and the entire map is cleared at allocation time. This can cause
|
||||
significant delays during a userspace malloc() as the C library does an
|
||||
anonymous mapping and the kernel then does a memset for the entire map.
|
||||
|
||||
However, for memory that isn't required to be precleared - such as that
|
||||
returned by malloc() - mmap() can take a MAP_UNINITIALIZED flag to
|
||||
indicate to the kernel that it shouldn't bother clearing the memory before
|
||||
returning it. Note that CONFIG_MMAP_ALLOW_UNINITIALIZED must be enabled
|
||||
to permit this, otherwise the flag will be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
uClibc uses this to speed up malloc(), and the ELF-FDPIC binfmt uses this
|
||||
to allocate the brk and stack region.
|
||||
|
||||
(*) A list of all the private copy and anonymous mappings on the system is
|
||||
visible through /proc/maps in no-MMU mode.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -42,80 +42,81 @@ struct dev_pm_ops {
|
|||
...
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
The ->runtime_suspend() callback is executed by the PM core for the bus type of
|
||||
the device being suspended. The bus type's callback is then _entirely_
|
||||
_responsible_ for handling the device as appropriate, which may, but need not
|
||||
include executing the device driver's own ->runtime_suspend() callback (from the
|
||||
PM core's point of view it is not necessary to implement a ->runtime_suspend()
|
||||
callback in a device driver as long as the bus type's ->runtime_suspend() knows
|
||||
what to do to handle the device).
|
||||
The ->runtime_suspend(), ->runtime_resume() and ->runtime_idle() callbacks are
|
||||
executed by the PM core for either the bus type, or device type (if the bus
|
||||
type's callback is not defined), or device class (if the bus type's and device
|
||||
type's callbacks are not defined) of given device. The bus type, device type
|
||||
and device class callbacks are referred to as subsystem-level callbacks in what
|
||||
follows.
|
||||
|
||||
* Once the bus type's ->runtime_suspend() callback has completed successfully
|
||||
The subsystem-level suspend callback is _entirely_ _responsible_ for handling
|
||||
the suspend of the device as appropriate, which may, but need not include
|
||||
executing the device driver's own ->runtime_suspend() callback (from the
|
||||
PM core's point of view it is not necessary to implement a ->runtime_suspend()
|
||||
callback in a device driver as long as the subsystem-level suspend callback
|
||||
knows what to do to handle the device).
|
||||
|
||||
* Once the subsystem-level suspend callback has completed successfully
|
||||
for given device, the PM core regards the device as suspended, which need
|
||||
not mean that the device has been put into a low power state. It is
|
||||
supposed to mean, however, that the device will not process data and will
|
||||
not communicate with the CPU(s) and RAM until its bus type's
|
||||
->runtime_resume() callback is executed for it. The run-time PM status of
|
||||
a device after successful execution of its bus type's ->runtime_suspend()
|
||||
callback is 'suspended'.
|
||||
not communicate with the CPU(s) and RAM until the subsystem-level resume
|
||||
callback is executed for it. The run-time PM status of a device after
|
||||
successful execution of the subsystem-level suspend callback is 'suspended'.
|
||||
|
||||
* If the bus type's ->runtime_suspend() callback returns -EBUSY or -EAGAIN,
|
||||
the device's run-time PM status is supposed to be 'active', which means that
|
||||
the device _must_ be fully operational afterwards.
|
||||
* If the subsystem-level suspend callback returns -EBUSY or -EAGAIN,
|
||||
the device's run-time PM status is 'active', which means that the device
|
||||
_must_ be fully operational afterwards.
|
||||
|
||||
* If the bus type's ->runtime_suspend() callback returns an error code
|
||||
different from -EBUSY or -EAGAIN, the PM core regards this as a fatal
|
||||
error and will refuse to run the helper functions described in Section 4
|
||||
for the device, until the status of it is directly set either to 'active'
|
||||
or to 'suspended' (the PM core provides special helper functions for this
|
||||
purpose).
|
||||
* If the subsystem-level suspend callback returns an error code different
|
||||
from -EBUSY or -EAGAIN, the PM core regards this as a fatal error and will
|
||||
refuse to run the helper functions described in Section 4 for the device,
|
||||
until the status of it is directly set either to 'active', or to 'suspended'
|
||||
(the PM core provides special helper functions for this purpose).
|
||||
|
||||
In particular, if the driver requires remote wakeup capability for proper
|
||||
functioning and device_run_wake() returns 'false' for the device, then
|
||||
->runtime_suspend() should return -EBUSY. On the other hand, if
|
||||
device_run_wake() returns 'true' for the device and the device is put
|
||||
into a low power state during the execution of its bus type's
|
||||
->runtime_suspend(), it is expected that remote wake-up (i.e. hardware mechanism
|
||||
allowing the device to request a change of its power state, such as PCI PME)
|
||||
will be enabled for the device. Generally, remote wake-up should be enabled
|
||||
for all input devices put into a low power state at run time.
|
||||
In particular, if the driver requires remote wake-up capability (i.e. hardware
|
||||
mechanism allowing the device to request a change of its power state, such as
|
||||
PCI PME) for proper functioning and device_run_wake() returns 'false' for the
|
||||
device, then ->runtime_suspend() should return -EBUSY. On the other hand, if
|
||||
device_run_wake() returns 'true' for the device and the device is put into a low
|
||||
power state during the execution of the subsystem-level suspend callback, it is
|
||||
expected that remote wake-up will be enabled for the device. Generally, remote
|
||||
wake-up should be enabled for all input devices put into a low power state at
|
||||
run time.
|
||||
|
||||
The ->runtime_resume() callback is executed by the PM core for the bus type of
|
||||
the device being woken up. The bus type's callback is then _entirely_
|
||||
_responsible_ for handling the device as appropriate, which may, but need not
|
||||
include executing the device driver's own ->runtime_resume() callback (from the
|
||||
PM core's point of view it is not necessary to implement a ->runtime_resume()
|
||||
callback in a device driver as long as the bus type's ->runtime_resume() knows
|
||||
what to do to handle the device).
|
||||
The subsystem-level resume callback is _entirely_ _responsible_ for handling the
|
||||
resume of the device as appropriate, which may, but need not include executing
|
||||
the device driver's own ->runtime_resume() callback (from the PM core's point of
|
||||
view it is not necessary to implement a ->runtime_resume() callback in a device
|
||||
driver as long as the subsystem-level resume callback knows what to do to handle
|
||||
the device).
|
||||
|
||||
* Once the bus type's ->runtime_resume() callback has completed successfully,
|
||||
the PM core regards the device as fully operational, which means that the
|
||||
device _must_ be able to complete I/O operations as needed. The run-time
|
||||
PM status of the device is then 'active'.
|
||||
* Once the subsystem-level resume callback has completed successfully, the PM
|
||||
core regards the device as fully operational, which means that the device
|
||||
_must_ be able to complete I/O operations as needed. The run-time PM status
|
||||
of the device is then 'active'.
|
||||
|
||||
* If the bus type's ->runtime_resume() callback returns an error code, the PM
|
||||
core regards this as a fatal error and will refuse to run the helper
|
||||
functions described in Section 4 for the device, until its status is
|
||||
directly set either to 'active' or to 'suspended' (the PM core provides
|
||||
special helper functions for this purpose).
|
||||
* If the subsystem-level resume callback returns an error code, the PM core
|
||||
regards this as a fatal error and will refuse to run the helper functions
|
||||
described in Section 4 for the device, until its status is directly set
|
||||
either to 'active' or to 'suspended' (the PM core provides special helper
|
||||
functions for this purpose).
|
||||
|
||||
The ->runtime_idle() callback is executed by the PM core for the bus type of
|
||||
given device whenever the device appears to be idle, which is indicated to the
|
||||
PM core by two counters, the device's usage counter and the counter of 'active'
|
||||
children of the device.
|
||||
The subsystem-level idle callback is executed by the PM core whenever the device
|
||||
appears to be idle, which is indicated to the PM core by two counters, the
|
||||
device's usage counter and the counter of 'active' children of the device.
|
||||
|
||||
* If any of these counters is decreased using a helper function provided by
|
||||
the PM core and it turns out to be equal to zero, the other counter is
|
||||
checked. If that counter also is equal to zero, the PM core executes the
|
||||
device bus type's ->runtime_idle() callback (with the device as an
|
||||
argument).
|
||||
subsystem-level idle callback with the device as an argument.
|
||||
|
||||
The action performed by a bus type's ->runtime_idle() callback is totally
|
||||
dependent on the bus type in question, but the expected and recommended action
|
||||
is to check if the device can be suspended (i.e. if all of the conditions
|
||||
necessary for suspending the device are satisfied) and to queue up a suspend
|
||||
request for the device in that case. The value returned by this callback is
|
||||
ignored by the PM core.
|
||||
The action performed by a subsystem-level idle callback is totally dependent on
|
||||
the subsystem in question, but the expected and recommended action is to check
|
||||
if the device can be suspended (i.e. if all of the conditions necessary for
|
||||
suspending the device are satisfied) and to queue up a suspend request for the
|
||||
device in that case. The value returned by this callback is ignored by the PM
|
||||
core.
|
||||
|
||||
The helper functions provided by the PM core, described in Section 4, guarantee
|
||||
that the following constraints are met with respect to the bus type's run-time
|
||||
|
@ -238,41 +239,41 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h:
|
|||
removing the device from device hierarchy
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_runtime_idle(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- execute ->runtime_idle() for the device's bus type; returns 0 on success
|
||||
or error code on failure, where -EINPROGRESS means that ->runtime_idle()
|
||||
is already being executed
|
||||
- execute the subsystem-level idle callback for the device; returns 0 on
|
||||
success or error code on failure, where -EINPROGRESS means that
|
||||
->runtime_idle() is already being executed
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_runtime_suspend(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- execute ->runtime_suspend() for the device's bus type; returns 0 on
|
||||
- execute the subsystem-level suspend callback for the device; returns 0 on
|
||||
success, 1 if the device's run-time PM status was already 'suspended', or
|
||||
error code on failure, where -EAGAIN or -EBUSY means it is safe to attempt
|
||||
to suspend the device again in future
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_runtime_resume(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- execute ->runtime_resume() for the device's bus type; returns 0 on
|
||||
- execute the subsystem-leve resume callback for the device; returns 0 on
|
||||
success, 1 if the device's run-time PM status was already 'active' or
|
||||
error code on failure, where -EAGAIN means it may be safe to attempt to
|
||||
resume the device again in future, but 'power.runtime_error' should be
|
||||
checked additionally
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_request_idle(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- submit a request to execute ->runtime_idle() for the device's bus type
|
||||
(the request is represented by a work item in pm_wq); returns 0 on success
|
||||
or error code if the request has not been queued up
|
||||
- submit a request to execute the subsystem-level idle callback for the
|
||||
device (the request is represented by a work item in pm_wq); returns 0 on
|
||||
success or error code if the request has not been queued up
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_schedule_suspend(struct device *dev, unsigned int delay);
|
||||
- schedule the execution of ->runtime_suspend() for the device's bus type
|
||||
in future, where 'delay' is the time to wait before queuing up a suspend
|
||||
work item in pm_wq, in milliseconds (if 'delay' is zero, the work item is
|
||||
queued up immediately); returns 0 on success, 1 if the device's PM
|
||||
- schedule the execution of the subsystem-level suspend callback for the
|
||||
device in future, where 'delay' is the time to wait before queuing up a
|
||||
suspend work item in pm_wq, in milliseconds (if 'delay' is zero, the work
|
||||
item is queued up immediately); returns 0 on success, 1 if the device's PM
|
||||
run-time status was already 'suspended', or error code if the request
|
||||
hasn't been scheduled (or queued up if 'delay' is 0); if the execution of
|
||||
->runtime_suspend() is already scheduled and not yet expired, the new
|
||||
value of 'delay' will be used as the time to wait
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_request_resume(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- submit a request to execute ->runtime_resume() for the device's bus type
|
||||
(the request is represented by a work item in pm_wq); returns 0 on
|
||||
- submit a request to execute the subsystem-level resume callback for the
|
||||
device (the request is represented by a work item in pm_wq); returns 0 on
|
||||
success, 1 if the device's run-time PM status was already 'active', or
|
||||
error code if the request hasn't been queued up
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -303,12 +304,12 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h:
|
|||
run-time PM callbacks described in Section 2
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_runtime_disable(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- prevent the run-time PM helper functions from running the device bus
|
||||
type's run-time PM callbacks, make sure that all of the pending run-time
|
||||
PM operations on the device are either completed or canceled; returns
|
||||
1 if there was a resume request pending and it was necessary to execute
|
||||
->runtime_resume() for the device's bus type to satisfy that request,
|
||||
otherwise 0 is returned
|
||||
- prevent the run-time PM helper functions from running subsystem-level
|
||||
run-time PM callbacks for the device, make sure that all of the pending
|
||||
run-time PM operations on the device are either completed or canceled;
|
||||
returns 1 if there was a resume request pending and it was necessary to
|
||||
execute the subsystem-level resume callback for the device to satisfy that
|
||||
request, otherwise 0 is returned
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_suspend_ignore_children(struct device *dev, bool enable);
|
||||
- set/unset the power.ignore_children flag of the device
|
||||
|
@ -378,5 +379,55 @@ pm_runtime_suspend() or pm_runtime_idle() or their asynchronous counterparts,
|
|||
they will fail returning -EAGAIN, because the device's usage counter is
|
||||
incremented by the core before executing ->probe() and ->remove(). Still, it
|
||||
may be desirable to suspend the device as soon as ->probe() or ->remove() has
|
||||
finished, so the PM core uses pm_runtime_idle_sync() to invoke the device bus
|
||||
type's ->runtime_idle() callback at that time.
|
||||
finished, so the PM core uses pm_runtime_idle_sync() to invoke the
|
||||
subsystem-level idle callback for the device at that time.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Run-time PM and System Sleep
|
||||
|
||||
Run-time PM and system sleep (i.e., system suspend and hibernation, also known
|
||||
as suspend-to-RAM and suspend-to-disk) interact with each other in a couple of
|
||||
ways. If a device is active when a system sleep starts, everything is
|
||||
straightforward. But what should happen if the device is already suspended?
|
||||
|
||||
The device may have different wake-up settings for run-time PM and system sleep.
|
||||
For example, remote wake-up may be enabled for run-time suspend but disallowed
|
||||
for system sleep (device_may_wakeup(dev) returns 'false'). When this happens,
|
||||
the subsystem-level system suspend callback is responsible for changing the
|
||||
device's wake-up setting (it may leave that to the device driver's system
|
||||
suspend routine). It may be necessary to resume the device and suspend it again
|
||||
in order to do so. The same is true if the driver uses different power levels
|
||||
or other settings for run-time suspend and system sleep.
|
||||
|
||||
During system resume, devices generally should be brought back to full power,
|
||||
even if they were suspended before the system sleep began. There are several
|
||||
reasons for this, including:
|
||||
|
||||
* The device might need to switch power levels, wake-up settings, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
* Remote wake-up events might have been lost by the firmware.
|
||||
|
||||
* The device's children may need the device to be at full power in order
|
||||
to resume themselves.
|
||||
|
||||
* The driver's idea of the device state may not agree with the device's
|
||||
physical state. This can happen during resume from hibernation.
|
||||
|
||||
* The device might need to be reset.
|
||||
|
||||
* Even though the device was suspended, if its usage counter was > 0 then most
|
||||
likely it would need a run-time resume in the near future anyway.
|
||||
|
||||
* Always going back to full power is simplest.
|
||||
|
||||
If the device was suspended before the sleep began, then its run-time PM status
|
||||
will have to be updated to reflect the actual post-system sleep status. The way
|
||||
to do this is:
|
||||
|
||||
pm_runtime_disable(dev);
|
||||
pm_runtime_set_active(dev);
|
||||
pm_runtime_enable(dev);
|
||||
|
||||
The PM core always increments the run-time usage counter before calling the
|
||||
->prepare() callback and decrements it after calling the ->complete() callback.
|
||||
Hence disabling run-time PM temporarily like this will not cause any run-time
|
||||
suspend callbacks to be lost.
|
||||
|
|
93
Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt
Normal file
93
Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
|
|||
PPC440SPe DMA/XOR (DMA Controller and XOR Accelerator)
|
||||
|
||||
Device nodes needed for operation of the ppc440spe-adma driver
|
||||
are specified hereby. These are I2O/DMA, DMA and XOR nodes
|
||||
for DMA engines and Memory Queue Module node. The latter is used
|
||||
by ADMA driver for configuration of RAID-6 H/W capabilities of
|
||||
the PPC440SPe. In addition to the nodes and properties described
|
||||
below, the ranges property of PLB node must specify ranges for
|
||||
DMA devices.
|
||||
|
||||
i) The I2O node
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : "ibm,i2o-440spe";
|
||||
- reg : <registers mapping>
|
||||
- dcr-reg : <DCR registers range>
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
I2O: i2o@400100000 {
|
||||
compatible = "ibm,i2o-440spe";
|
||||
reg = <0x00000004 0x00100000 0x100>;
|
||||
dcr-reg = <0x060 0x020>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ii) The DMA node
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : "ibm,dma-440spe";
|
||||
- cell-index : 1 cell, hardware index of the DMA engine
|
||||
(typically 0x0 and 0x1 for DMA0 and DMA1)
|
||||
- reg : <registers mapping>
|
||||
- dcr-reg : <DCR registers range>
|
||||
- interrupts : <interrupt mapping for DMA0/1 interrupts sources:
|
||||
2 sources: DMAx CS FIFO Needs Service IRQ (on UIC0)
|
||||
and DMA Error IRQ (on UIC1). The latter is common
|
||||
for both DMA engines>.
|
||||
- interrupt-parent : needed for interrupt mapping
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
DMA0: dma0@400100100 {
|
||||
compatible = "ibm,dma-440spe";
|
||||
cell-index = <0>;
|
||||
reg = <0x00000004 0x00100100 0x100>;
|
||||
dcr-reg = <0x060 0x020>;
|
||||
interrupt-parent = <&DMA0>;
|
||||
interrupts = <0 1>;
|
||||
#interrupt-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#address-cells = <0>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <0>;
|
||||
interrupt-map = <
|
||||
0 &UIC0 0x14 4
|
||||
1 &UIC1 0x16 4>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
iii) XOR Accelerator node
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : "amcc,xor-accelerator";
|
||||
- reg : <registers mapping>
|
||||
- interrupts : <interrupt mapping for XOR interrupt source>
|
||||
- interrupt-parent : for interrupt mapping
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
xor-accel@400200000 {
|
||||
compatible = "amcc,xor-accelerator";
|
||||
reg = <0x00000004 0x00200000 0x400>;
|
||||
interrupt-parent = <&UIC1>;
|
||||
interrupts = <0x1f 4>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
iv) Memory Queue Module node
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : "ibm,mq-440spe";
|
||||
- dcr-reg : <DCR registers range>
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
MQ0: mq {
|
||||
compatible = "ibm,mq-440spe";
|
||||
dcr-reg = <0x040 0x020>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
@ -20,12 +20,16 @@ Required properities:
|
|||
- compatible : should be "fsl,fpga-pixis".
|
||||
- reg : should contain the address and the length of the FPPGA register
|
||||
set.
|
||||
- interrupt-parent: should specify phandle for the interrupt controller.
|
||||
- interrupts : should specify event (wakeup) IRQ.
|
||||
|
||||
Example (MPC8610HPCD):
|
||||
|
||||
board-control@e8000000 {
|
||||
compatible = "fsl,fpga-pixis";
|
||||
reg = <0xe8000000 32>;
|
||||
interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
|
||||
interrupts = <8 8>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
* Freescale BCSR GPIO banks
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -103,7 +103,22 @@ fsl,mpc5200-gpt nodes
|
|||
---------------------
|
||||
On the mpc5200 and 5200b, GPT0 has a watchdog timer function. If the board
|
||||
design supports the internal wdt, then the device node for GPT0 should
|
||||
include the empty property 'fsl,has-wdt'.
|
||||
include the empty property 'fsl,has-wdt'. Note that this does not activate
|
||||
the watchdog. The timer will function as a GPT if the timer api is used, and
|
||||
it will function as watchdog if the watchdog device is used. The watchdog
|
||||
mode has priority over the gpt mode, i.e. if the watchdog is activated, any
|
||||
gpt api call to this timer will fail with -EBUSY.
|
||||
|
||||
If you add the property
|
||||
fsl,wdt-on-boot = <n>;
|
||||
GPT0 will be marked as in-use watchdog, i.e. blocking every gpt access to it.
|
||||
If n>0, the watchdog is started with a timeout of n seconds. If n=0, the
|
||||
configuration of the watchdog is not touched. This is useful in two cases:
|
||||
- just mark GPT0 as watchdog, blocking gpt accesses, and configure it later;
|
||||
- do not touch a configuration assigned by the boot loader which supervises
|
||||
the boot process itself.
|
||||
|
||||
The watchdog will respect the CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT option.
|
||||
|
||||
An mpc5200-gpt can be used as a single line GPIO controller. To do so,
|
||||
add the following properties to the gpt node:
|
||||
|
|
42
Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpic.txt
Normal file
42
Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpic.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
|||
* OpenPIC and its interrupt numbers on Freescale's e500/e600 cores
|
||||
|
||||
The OpenPIC specification does not specify which interrupt source has to
|
||||
become which interrupt number. This is up to the software implementation
|
||||
of the interrupt controller. The only requirement is that every
|
||||
interrupt source has to have an unique interrupt number / vector number.
|
||||
To accomplish this the current implementation assigns the number zero to
|
||||
the first source, the number one to the second source and so on until
|
||||
all interrupt sources have their unique number.
|
||||
Usually the assigned vector number equals the interrupt number mentioned
|
||||
in the documentation for a given core / CPU. This is however not true
|
||||
for the e500 cores (MPC85XX CPUs) where the documentation distinguishes
|
||||
between internal and external interrupt sources and starts counting at
|
||||
zero for both of them.
|
||||
|
||||
So what to write for external interrupt source X or internal interrupt
|
||||
source Y into the device tree? Here is an example:
|
||||
|
||||
The memory map for the interrupt controller in the MPC8544[0] shows,
|
||||
that the first interrupt source starts at 0x5_0000 (PIC Register Address
|
||||
Map-Interrupt Source Configuration Registers). This source becomes the
|
||||
number zero therefore:
|
||||
External interrupt 0 = interrupt number 0
|
||||
External interrupt 1 = interrupt number 1
|
||||
External interrupt 2 = interrupt number 2
|
||||
...
|
||||
Every interrupt number allocates 0x20 bytes register space. So to get
|
||||
its number it is sufficient to shift the lower 16bits to right by five.
|
||||
So for the external interrupt 10 we have:
|
||||
0x0140 >> 5 = 10
|
||||
|
||||
After the external sources, the internal sources follow. The in core I2C
|
||||
controller on the MPC8544 for instance has the internal source number
|
||||
27. Oo obtain its interrupt number we take the lower 16bits of its memory
|
||||
address (0x5_0560) and shift it right:
|
||||
0x0560 >> 5 = 43
|
||||
|
||||
Therefore the I2C device node for the MPC8544 CPU has to have the
|
||||
interrupt number 43 specified in the device tree.
|
||||
|
||||
[0] MPC8544E PowerQUICCTM III, Integrated Host Processor Family Reference Manual
|
||||
MPC8544ERM Rev. 1 10/2007
|
109
Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/gamecube.txt
Normal file
109
Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/gamecube.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
|
|||
|
||||
Nintendo GameCube device tree
|
||||
=============================
|
||||
|
||||
1) The "flipper" node
|
||||
|
||||
This node represents the multi-function "Flipper" chip, which packages
|
||||
many of the devices found in the Nintendo GameCube.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : Should be "nintendo,flipper"
|
||||
|
||||
1.a) The Video Interface (VI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the interface between the graphics processor and a external
|
||||
video encoder.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-vi"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the VI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the VI interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.b) The Processor Interface (PI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the data and control interface between the main processor
|
||||
and graphics and audio processor.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-pi"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the PI registers location and length
|
||||
|
||||
1.b.i) The "Flipper" interrupt controller node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the interrupt controller within the "Flipper" chip.
|
||||
The node for the "Flipper" interrupt controller must be placed under
|
||||
the PI node.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-pic"
|
||||
|
||||
1.c) The Digital Signal Procesor (DSP) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the digital signal processor interface, designed to offload
|
||||
audio related tasks.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-dsp"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the DSP registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the DSP interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.c.i) The Auxiliary RAM (ARAM) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the non cpu-addressable ram designed mainly to store audio
|
||||
related information.
|
||||
The ARAM node must be placed under the DSP node.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-aram"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the ARAM start (zero-based) and length
|
||||
|
||||
1.d) The Disk Interface (DI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the interface used to communicate with mass storage devices.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-di"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the DI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the DI interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.e) The Audio Interface (AI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the interface to the external 16-bit stereo digital-to-analog
|
||||
converter.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-ai"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the AI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the AI interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.f) The Serial Interface (SI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the interface to the four single bit serial interfaces.
|
||||
The SI is a proprietary serial interface used normally to control gamepads.
|
||||
It's NOT a RS232-type interface.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-si"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the SI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the SI interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.g) The External Interface (EXI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the multi-channel SPI-like interface.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-exi"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the EXI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the EXI interrupt
|
||||
|
184
Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/wii.txt
Normal file
184
Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/wii.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
|
|||
|
||||
Nintendo Wii device tree
|
||||
========================
|
||||
|
||||
0) The root node
|
||||
|
||||
This node represents the Nintendo Wii video game console.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- model : Should be "nintendo,wii"
|
||||
- compatible : Should be "nintendo,wii"
|
||||
|
||||
1) The "hollywood" node
|
||||
|
||||
This node represents the multi-function "Hollywood" chip, which packages
|
||||
many of the devices found in the Nintendo Wii.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : Should be "nintendo,hollywood"
|
||||
|
||||
1.a) The Video Interface (VI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the interface between the graphics processor and a external
|
||||
video encoder.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-vi","nintendo,flipper-vi"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the VI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the VI interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.b) The Processor Interface (PI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the data and control interface between the main processor
|
||||
and graphics and audio processor.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-pi","nintendo,flipper-pi"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the PI registers location and length
|
||||
|
||||
1.b.i) The "Flipper" interrupt controller node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the "Flipper" interrupt controller within the "Hollywood" chip.
|
||||
The node for the "Flipper" interrupt controller must be placed under
|
||||
the PI node.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- #interrupt-cells : <1>
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-pic"
|
||||
- interrupt-controller
|
||||
|
||||
1.c) The Digital Signal Procesor (DSP) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the digital signal processor interface, designed to offload
|
||||
audio related tasks.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-dsp","nintendo,flipper-dsp"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the DSP registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the DSP interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.d) The Serial Interface (SI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the interface to the four single bit serial interfaces.
|
||||
The SI is a proprietary serial interface used normally to control gamepads.
|
||||
It's NOT a RS232-type interface.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-si","nintendo,flipper-si"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the SI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the SI interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.e) The Audio Interface (AI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the interface to the external 16-bit stereo digital-to-analog
|
||||
converter.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-ai","nintendo,flipper-ai"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the AI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the AI interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.f) The External Interface (EXI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the multi-channel SPI-like interface.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-exi","nintendo,flipper-exi"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the EXI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the EXI interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.g) The Open Host Controller Interface (OHCI) nodes
|
||||
|
||||
Represent the USB 1.x Open Host Controller Interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-usb-ohci","usb-ohci"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the OHCI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the OHCI interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.h) The Enhanced Host Controller Interface (EHCI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the USB 2.0 Enhanced Host Controller Interface.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-usb-ehci","usb-ehci"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the EHCI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the EHCI interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.i) The Secure Digital Host Controller Interface (SDHCI) nodes
|
||||
|
||||
Represent the Secure Digital Host Controller Interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-sdhci","sdhci"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the SDHCI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the SDHCI interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.j) The Inter-Processsor Communication (IPC) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represent the Inter-Processor Communication interface. This interface
|
||||
enables communications between the Broadway and the Starlet processors.
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-ipc"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the IPC registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the IPC interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
1.k) The "Hollywood" interrupt controller node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the "Hollywood" interrupt controller within the
|
||||
"Hollywood" chip.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- #interrupt-cells : <1>
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-pic"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the controller registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupt-controller
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the cascade interrupt of the "flipper" pic
|
||||
- interrupt-parent: should contain the phandle of the "flipper" pic
|
||||
|
||||
1.l) The General Purpose I/O (GPIO) controller node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the dual access 32 GPIO controller interface.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- #gpio-cells : <2>
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-gpio"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the IPC registers location and length
|
||||
- gpio-controller
|
||||
|
||||
1.m) The control node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the control interface used to setup several miscellaneous
|
||||
settings of the "Hollywood" chip like boot memory mappings, resets,
|
||||
disk interface mode, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-control"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the control registers location and length
|
||||
|
||||
1.n) The Disk Interface (DI) node
|
||||
|
||||
Represents the interface used to communicate with mass storage devices.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-di"
|
||||
- reg : should contain the DI registers location and length
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain the DI interrupt
|
||||
|
|
@ -292,4 +292,15 @@
|
|||
- reg-offset : A value of 3 is required
|
||||
- reg-shift : A value of 2 is required
|
||||
|
||||
vii) Xilinx USB Host controller
|
||||
|
||||
The Xilinx USB host controller is EHCI compatible but with a different
|
||||
base address for the EHCI registers, and it is always a big-endian
|
||||
USB Host controller. The hardware can be configured as high speed only,
|
||||
or high speed/full speed hybrid.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
- xlnx,support-usb-fs: A value 0 means the core is built as high speed
|
||||
only. A value 1 means the core also supports
|
||||
full speed devices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
|
|||
HAYES ESP DRIVER VERSION 2.1
|
||||
|
||||
A big thanks to the people at Hayes, especially Alan Adamson. Their support
|
||||
has enabled me to provide enhancements to the driver.
|
||||
|
||||
Please report your experiences with this driver to me (arobinso@nyx.net). I
|
||||
am looking for both positive and negative feedback.
|
||||
|
||||
*** IMPORTANT CHANGES FOR 2.1 ***
|
||||
Support for PIO mode. Five situations will cause PIO mode to be used:
|
||||
1) A multiport card is detected. PIO mode will always be used. (8 port cards
|
||||
do not support DMA).
|
||||
2) The DMA channel is set to an invalid value (anything other than 1 or 3).
|
||||
3) The DMA buffer/channel could not be allocated. The port will revert to PIO
|
||||
mode until it is reopened.
|
||||
4) Less than a specified number of bytes need to be transferred to/from the
|
||||
FIFOs. PIO mode will be used for that transfer only.
|
||||
5) A port needs to do a DMA transfer and another port is already using the
|
||||
DMA channel. PIO mode will be used for that transfer only.
|
||||
|
||||
Since the Hayes ESP seems to conflict with other cards (notably sound cards)
|
||||
when using DMA, DMA is turned off by default. To use DMA, it must be turned
|
||||
on explicitly, either with the "dma=" option described below or with
|
||||
setserial. A multiport card can be forced into DMA mode by using setserial;
|
||||
however, most multiport cards don't support DMA.
|
||||
|
||||
The latest version of setserial allows the enhanced configuration of the ESP
|
||||
card to be viewed and modified.
|
||||
***
|
||||
|
||||
This package contains the files needed to compile a module to support the Hayes
|
||||
ESP card. The drivers are basically a modified version of the serial drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
Features:
|
||||
|
||||
- Uses the enhanced mode of the ESP card, allowing a wider range of
|
||||
interrupts and features than compatibility mode
|
||||
- Uses DMA and 16 bit PIO mode to transfer data to and from the ESP's FIFOs,
|
||||
reducing CPU load
|
||||
- Supports primary and secondary ports
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If the driver is compiled as a module, the IRQs to use can be specified by
|
||||
using the irq= option. The format is:
|
||||
|
||||
irq=[0x100],[0x140],[0x180],[0x200],[0x240],[0x280],[0x300],[0x380]
|
||||
|
||||
The address in brackets is the base address of the card. The IRQ of
|
||||
nonexistent cards can be set to 0. If an IRQ of a card that does exist is set
|
||||
to 0, the driver will attempt to guess at the correct IRQ. For example, to set
|
||||
the IRQ of the card at address 0x300 to 12, the insmod command would be:
|
||||
|
||||
insmod esp irq=0,0,0,0,0,0,12,0
|
||||
|
||||
The custom divisor can be set by using the divisor= option. The format is the
|
||||
same as for the irq= option. Each divisor value is a series of hex digits,
|
||||
with each digit representing the divisor to use for a corresponding port. The
|
||||
divisor value is constructed RIGHT TO LEFT. Specifying a nonzero divisor value
|
||||
will automatically set the spd_cust flag. To calculate the divisor to use for
|
||||
a certain baud rate, divide the port's base baud (generally 921600) by the
|
||||
desired rate. For example, to set the divisor of the primary port at 0x300 to
|
||||
4 and the divisor of the secondary port at 0x308 to 8, the insmod command would
|
||||
be:
|
||||
|
||||
insmod esp divisor=0,0,0,0,0,0,0x84,0
|
||||
|
||||
The dma= option can be used to set the DMA channel. The channel can be either
|
||||
1 or 3. Specifying any other value will force the driver to use PIO mode.
|
||||
For example, to set the DMA channel to 3, the insmod command would be:
|
||||
|
||||
insmod esp dma=3
|
||||
|
||||
The rx_trigger= and tx_trigger= options can be used to set the FIFO trigger
|
||||
levels. They specify when the ESP card should send an interrupt. Larger
|
||||
values will decrease the number of interrupts; however, a value too high may
|
||||
result in data loss. Valid values are 1 through 1023, with 768 being the
|
||||
default. For example, to set the receive trigger level to 512 bytes and the
|
||||
transmit trigger level to 700 bytes, the insmod command would be:
|
||||
|
||||
insmod esp rx_trigger=512 tx_trigger=700
|
||||
|
||||
The flow_off= and flow_on= options can be used to set the hardware flow off/
|
||||
flow on levels. The flow on level must be lower than the flow off level, and
|
||||
the flow off level should be higher than rx_trigger. Valid values are 1
|
||||
through 1023, with 1016 being the default flow off level and 944 being the
|
||||
default flow on level. For example, to set the flow off level to 1000 bytes
|
||||
and the flow on level to 935 bytes, the insmod command would be:
|
||||
|
||||
insmod esp flow_off=1000 flow_on=935
|
||||
|
||||
The rx_timeout= option can be used to set the receive timeout value. This
|
||||
value indicates how long after receiving the last character that the ESP card
|
||||
should wait before signalling an interrupt. Valid values are 0 though 255,
|
||||
with 128 being the default. A value too high will increase latency, and a
|
||||
value too low will cause unnecessary interrupts. For example, to set the
|
||||
receive timeout to 255, the insmod command would be:
|
||||
|
||||
insmod esp rx_timeout=255
|
||||
|
||||
The pio_threshold= option sets the threshold (in number of characters) for
|
||||
using PIO mode instead of DMA mode. For example, if this value is 32,
|
||||
transfers of 32 bytes or less will always use PIO mode.
|
||||
|
||||
insmod esp pio_threshold=32
|
||||
|
||||
Multiple options can be listed on the insmod command line by separating each
|
||||
option with a space. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
insmod esp dma=3 trigger=512
|
||||
|
||||
The esp module can be automatically loaded when needed. To cause this to
|
||||
happen, add the following lines to /etc/modprobe.conf (replacing the last line
|
||||
with options for your configuration):
|
||||
|
||||
alias char-major-57 esp
|
||||
alias char-major-58 esp
|
||||
options esp irq=0,0,0,0,0,0,3,0 divisor=0,0,0,0,0,0,0x4,0
|
||||
|
||||
You may also need to run 'depmod -a'.
|
||||
|
||||
Devices must be created manually. To create the devices, note the output from
|
||||
the module after it is inserted. The output will appear in the location where
|
||||
kernel messages usually appear (usually /var/adm/messages). Create two devices
|
||||
for each 'tty' mentioned, one with major of 57 and the other with major of 58.
|
||||
The minor number should be the same as the tty number reported. The commands
|
||||
would be (replace ? with the tty number):
|
||||
|
||||
mknod /dev/ttyP? c 57 ?
|
||||
mknod /dev/cup? c 58 ?
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if the following line appears:
|
||||
|
||||
Oct 24 18:17:23 techno kernel: ttyP8 at 0x0140 (irq = 3) is an ESP primary port
|
||||
|
||||
...two devices should be created:
|
||||
|
||||
mknod /dev/ttyP8 c 57 8
|
||||
mknod /dev/cup8 c 58 8
|
||||
|
||||
You may need to set the permissions on the devices:
|
||||
|
||||
chmod 666 /dev/ttyP*
|
||||
chmod 666 /dev/cup*
|
||||
|
||||
The ESP module and the serial module should not conflict (they can be used at
|
||||
the same time). After the ESP module has been loaded the ports on the ESP card
|
||||
will no longer be accessible by the serial driver.
|
||||
|
||||
If I/O errors are experienced when accessing the port, check for IRQ and DMA
|
||||
conflicts ('cat /proc/interrupts' and 'cat /proc/dma' for a list of IRQs and
|
||||
DMAs currently in use).
|
||||
|
||||
Enjoy!
|
||||
Andrew J. Robinson <arobinso@nyx.net>
|
|
@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ TTY side interfaces:
|
|||
open() - Called when the line discipline is attached to
|
||||
the terminal. No other call into the line
|
||||
discipline for this tty will occur until it
|
||||
completes successfully. Can sleep.
|
||||
completes successfully. Returning an error will
|
||||
prevent the ldisc from being attached. Can sleep.
|
||||
|
||||
close() - This is called on a terminal when the line
|
||||
discipline is being unplugged. At the point of
|
||||
|
@ -52,7 +53,7 @@ close() - This is called on a terminal when the line
|
|||
hangup() - Called when the tty line is hung up.
|
||||
The line discipline should cease I/O to the tty.
|
||||
No further calls into the ldisc code will occur.
|
||||
Can sleep.
|
||||
The return value is ignored. Can sleep.
|
||||
|
||||
write() - A process is writing data through the line
|
||||
discipline. Multiple write calls are serialized
|
||||
|
@ -83,6 +84,10 @@ ioctl() - Called when an ioctl is handed to the tty layer
|
|||
that might be for the ldisc. Multiple ioctl calls
|
||||
may occur in parallel. May sleep.
|
||||
|
||||
compat_ioctl() - Called when a 32 bit ioctl is handed to the tty layer
|
||||
that might be for the ldisc. Multiple ioctl calls
|
||||
may occur in parallel. May sleep.
|
||||
|
||||
Driver Side Interfaces:
|
||||
|
||||
receive_buf() - Hand buffers of bytes from the driver to the ldisc
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,73 +1,8 @@
|
|||
SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED and RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED defeat lockdep state tracking and
|
||||
are hence deprecated.
|
||||
Lesson 1: Spin locks
|
||||
|
||||
Please use DEFINE_SPINLOCK()/DEFINE_RWLOCK() or
|
||||
__SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED()/__RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED() as appropriate for static
|
||||
initialization.
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the time, you can simply turn:
|
||||
|
||||
static spinlock_t xxx_lock = SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
|
||||
into:
|
||||
|
||||
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(xxx_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
Static structure member variables go from:
|
||||
|
||||
struct foo bar {
|
||||
.lock = SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
to:
|
||||
|
||||
struct foo bar {
|
||||
.lock = __SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED(bar.lock);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Declaration of static rw_locks undergo a similar transformation.
|
||||
|
||||
Dynamic initialization, when necessary, may be performed as
|
||||
demonstrated below.
|
||||
|
||||
spinlock_t xxx_lock;
|
||||
rwlock_t xxx_rw_lock;
|
||||
|
||||
static int __init xxx_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
spin_lock_init(&xxx_lock);
|
||||
rwlock_init(&xxx_rw_lock);
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
module_init(xxx_init);
|
||||
|
||||
The following discussion is still valid, however, with the dynamic
|
||||
initialization of spinlocks or with DEFINE_SPINLOCK, etc., used
|
||||
instead of SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED.
|
||||
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
On Fri, 2 Jan 1998, Doug Ledford wrote:
|
||||
>
|
||||
> I'm working on making the aic7xxx driver more SMP friendly (as well as
|
||||
> importing the latest FreeBSD sequencer code to have 7895 support) and wanted
|
||||
> to get some info from you. The goal here is to make the various routines
|
||||
> SMP safe as well as UP safe during interrupts and other manipulating
|
||||
> routines. So far, I've added a spin_lock variable to things like my queue
|
||||
> structs. Now, from what I recall, there are some spin lock functions I can
|
||||
> use to lock these spin locks from other use as opposed to a (nasty)
|
||||
> save_flags(); cli(); stuff; restore_flags(); construct. Where do I find
|
||||
> these routines and go about making use of them? Do they only lock on a
|
||||
> per-processor basis or can they also lock say an interrupt routine from
|
||||
> mucking with a queue if the queue routine was manipulating it when the
|
||||
> interrupt occurred, or should I still use a cli(); based construct on that
|
||||
> one?
|
||||
|
||||
See <asm/spinlock.h>. The basic version is:
|
||||
|
||||
spinlock_t xxx_lock = SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
The most basic primitive for locking is spinlock.
|
||||
|
||||
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(xxx_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long flags;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -75,13 +10,11 @@ See <asm/spinlock.h>. The basic version is:
|
|||
... critical section here ..
|
||||
spin_unlock_irqrestore(&xxx_lock, flags);
|
||||
|
||||
and the above is always safe. It will disable interrupts _locally_, but the
|
||||
The above is always safe. It will disable interrupts _locally_, but the
|
||||
spinlock itself will guarantee the global lock, so it will guarantee that
|
||||
there is only one thread-of-control within the region(s) protected by that
|
||||
lock.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that it works well even under UP - the above sequence under UP
|
||||
essentially is just the same as doing a
|
||||
lock. This works well even under UP. The above sequence under UP
|
||||
essentially is just the same as doing
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long flags;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -91,15 +24,13 @@ essentially is just the same as doing a
|
|||
|
||||
so the code does _not_ need to worry about UP vs SMP issues: the spinlocks
|
||||
work correctly under both (and spinlocks are actually more efficient on
|
||||
architectures that allow doing the "save_flags + cli" in one go because I
|
||||
don't export that interface normally).
|
||||
architectures that allow doing the "save_flags + cli" in one operation).
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE NOTE NOTE! The reason the spinlock is so much faster than a global
|
||||
interrupt lock under SMP is exactly because it disables interrupts only on
|
||||
the local CPU. The spin-lock is safe only when you _also_ use the lock
|
||||
itself to do locking across CPU's, which implies that EVERYTHING that
|
||||
touches a shared variable has to agree about the spinlock they want to
|
||||
use.
|
||||
NOTE! Implications of spin_locks for memory are further described in:
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
|
||||
(5) LOCK operations.
|
||||
(6) UNLOCK operations.
|
||||
|
||||
The above is usually pretty simple (you usually need and want only one
|
||||
spinlock for most things - using more than one spinlock can make things a
|
||||
|
@ -120,20 +51,24 @@ and another sequence that does
|
|||
then they are NOT mutually exclusive, and the critical regions can happen
|
||||
at the same time on two different CPU's. That's fine per se, but the
|
||||
critical regions had better be critical for different things (ie they
|
||||
can't stomp on each other).
|
||||
can't stomp on each other).
|
||||
|
||||
The above is a problem mainly if you end up mixing code - for example the
|
||||
routines in ll_rw_block() tend to use cli/sti to protect the atomicity of
|
||||
their actions, and if a driver uses spinlocks instead then you should
|
||||
think about issues like the above..
|
||||
think about issues like the above.
|
||||
|
||||
This is really the only really hard part about spinlocks: once you start
|
||||
using spinlocks they tend to expand to areas you might not have noticed
|
||||
before, because you have to make sure the spinlocks correctly protect the
|
||||
shared data structures _everywhere_ they are used. The spinlocks are most
|
||||
easily added to places that are completely independent of other code (ie
|
||||
internal driver data structures that nobody else ever touches, for
|
||||
example).
|
||||
easily added to places that are completely independent of other code (for
|
||||
example, internal driver data structures that nobody else ever touches).
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE! The spin-lock is safe only when you _also_ use the lock itself
|
||||
to do locking across CPU's, which implies that EVERYTHING that
|
||||
touches a shared variable has to agree about the spinlock they want
|
||||
to use.
|
||||
|
||||
----
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -141,14 +76,18 @@ Lesson 2: reader-writer spinlocks.
|
|||
|
||||
If your data accesses have a very natural pattern where you usually tend
|
||||
to mostly read from the shared variables, the reader-writer locks
|
||||
(rw_lock) versions of the spinlocks are often nicer. They allow multiple
|
||||
(rw_lock) versions of the spinlocks are sometimes useful. They allow multiple
|
||||
readers to be in the same critical region at once, but if somebody wants
|
||||
to change the variables it has to get an exclusive write lock. The
|
||||
routines look the same as above:
|
||||
to change the variables it has to get an exclusive write lock.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE! reader-writer locks require more atomic memory operations than
|
||||
simple spinlocks. Unless the reader critical section is long, you
|
||||
are better off just using spinlocks.
|
||||
|
||||
The routines look the same as above:
|
||||
|
||||
rwlock_t xxx_lock = RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long flags;
|
||||
|
||||
read_lock_irqsave(&xxx_lock, flags);
|
||||
|
@ -159,18 +98,21 @@ routines look the same as above:
|
|||
.. read and write exclusive access to the info ...
|
||||
write_unlock_irqrestore(&xxx_lock, flags);
|
||||
|
||||
The above kind of lock is useful for complex data structures like linked
|
||||
lists etc, especially when you know that most of the work is to just
|
||||
traverse the list searching for entries without changing the list itself,
|
||||
for example. Then you can use the read lock for that kind of list
|
||||
traversal, which allows many concurrent readers. Anything that _changes_
|
||||
the list will have to get the write lock.
|
||||
The above kind of lock may be useful for complex data structures like
|
||||
linked lists, especially searching for entries without changing the list
|
||||
itself. The read lock allows many concurrent readers. Anything that
|
||||
_changes_ the list will have to get the write lock.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: you cannot "upgrade" a read-lock to a write-lock, so if you at _any_
|
||||
NOTE! RCU is better for list traversal, but requires careful
|
||||
attention to design detail (see Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt).
|
||||
|
||||
Also, you cannot "upgrade" a read-lock to a write-lock, so if you at _any_
|
||||
time need to do any changes (even if you don't do it every time), you have
|
||||
to get the write-lock at the very beginning. I could fairly easily add a
|
||||
primitive to create a "upgradeable" read-lock, but it hasn't been an issue
|
||||
yet. Tell me if you'd want one.
|
||||
to get the write-lock at the very beginning.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE! We are working hard to remove reader-writer spinlocks in most
|
||||
cases, so please don't add a new one without consensus. (Instead, see
|
||||
Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt for complete information.)
|
||||
|
||||
----
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -233,4 +175,46 @@ indeed), while write-locks need to protect themselves against interrupts.
|
|||
|
||||
Linus
|
||||
|
||||
----
|
||||
|
||||
Reference information:
|
||||
|
||||
For dynamic initialization, use spin_lock_init() or rwlock_init() as
|
||||
appropriate:
|
||||
|
||||
spinlock_t xxx_lock;
|
||||
rwlock_t xxx_rw_lock;
|
||||
|
||||
static int __init xxx_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
spin_lock_init(&xxx_lock);
|
||||
rwlock_init(&xxx_rw_lock);
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
module_init(xxx_init);
|
||||
|
||||
For static initialization, use DEFINE_SPINLOCK() / DEFINE_RWLOCK() or
|
||||
__SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED() / __RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED() as appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED and RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED are deprecated. These interfere
|
||||
with lockdep state tracking.
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the time, you can simply turn:
|
||||
static spinlock_t xxx_lock = SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
into:
|
||||
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(xxx_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
Static structure member variables go from:
|
||||
|
||||
struct foo bar {
|
||||
.lock = SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
to:
|
||||
|
||||
struct foo bar {
|
||||
.lock = __SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED(bar.lock);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Declaration of static rw_locks undergo a similar transformation.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ Currently, these files might (depending on your configuration)
|
|||
show up in /proc/sys/kernel:
|
||||
- acpi_video_flags
|
||||
- acct
|
||||
- bootloader_type [ X86 only ]
|
||||
- bootloader_version [ X86 only ]
|
||||
- callhome [ S390 only ]
|
||||
- auto_msgmni
|
||||
- core_pattern
|
||||
|
@ -93,6 +95,35 @@ valid for 30 seconds.
|
|||
|
||||
==============================================================
|
||||
|
||||
bootloader_type:
|
||||
|
||||
x86 bootloader identification
|
||||
|
||||
This gives the bootloader type number as indicated by the bootloader,
|
||||
shifted left by 4, and OR'd with the low four bits of the bootloader
|
||||
version. The reason for this encoding is that this used to match the
|
||||
type_of_loader field in the kernel header; the encoding is kept for
|
||||
backwards compatibility. That is, if the full bootloader type number
|
||||
is 0x15 and the full version number is 0x234, this file will contain
|
||||
the value 340 = 0x154.
|
||||
|
||||
See the type_of_loader and ext_loader_type fields in
|
||||
Documentation/x86/boot.txt for additional information.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================
|
||||
|
||||
bootloader_version:
|
||||
|
||||
x86 bootloader version
|
||||
|
||||
The complete bootloader version number. In the example above, this
|
||||
file will contain the value 564 = 0x234.
|
||||
|
||||
See the type_of_loader and ext_loader_ver fields in
|
||||
Documentation/x86/boot.txt for additional information.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================
|
||||
|
||||
callhome:
|
||||
|
||||
Controls the kernel's callhome behavior in case of a kernel panic.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -206,6 +206,7 @@ passive
|
|||
passive trip point for the zone. Activation is done by polling with
|
||||
an interval of 1 second.
|
||||
Unit: millidegrees Celsius
|
||||
Valid values: 0 (disabled) or greater than 1000
|
||||
RW, Optional
|
||||
|
||||
*****************************
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
Subsystem Trace Points: kmem
|
||||
|
||||
The tracing system kmem captures events related to object and page allocation
|
||||
within the kernel. Broadly speaking there are four major subheadings.
|
||||
The kmem tracing system captures events related to object and page allocation
|
||||
within the kernel. Broadly speaking there are five major subheadings.
|
||||
|
||||
o Slab allocation of small objects of unknown type (kmalloc)
|
||||
o Slab allocation of small objects of known type
|
||||
|
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ within the kernel. Broadly speaking there are four major subheadings.
|
|||
o Per-CPU Allocator Activity
|
||||
o External Fragmentation
|
||||
|
||||
This document will describe what each of the tracepoints are and why they
|
||||
This document describes what each of the tracepoints is and why they
|
||||
might be useful.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Slab allocation of small objects of unknown type
|
||||
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ kmem_cache_free call_site=%lx ptr=%p
|
|||
These events are similar in usage to the kmalloc-related events except that
|
||||
it is likely easier to pin the event down to a specific cache. At the time
|
||||
of writing, no information is available on what slab is being allocated from,
|
||||
but the call_site can usually be used to extrapolate that information
|
||||
but the call_site can usually be used to extrapolate that information.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Page allocation
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ event indicating whether it is for a percpu_refill or not.
|
|||
When the per-CPU list is too full, a number of pages are freed, each one
|
||||
which triggers a mm_page_pcpu_drain event.
|
||||
|
||||
The individual nature of the events are so that pages can be tracked
|
||||
The individual nature of the events is so that pages can be tracked
|
||||
between allocation and freeing. A number of drain or refill pages that occur
|
||||
consecutively imply the zone->lock being taken once. Large amounts of PCP
|
||||
consecutively imply the zone->lock being taken once. Large amounts of per-CPU
|
||||
refills and drains could imply an imbalance between CPUs where too much work
|
||||
is being concentrated in one place. It could also indicate that the per-CPU
|
||||
lists should be a larger size. Finally, large amounts of refills on one CPU
|
||||
|
@ -102,6 +102,6 @@ is important.
|
|||
|
||||
Large numbers of this event implies that memory is fragmenting and
|
||||
high-order allocations will start failing at some time in the future. One
|
||||
means of reducing the occurange of this event is to increase the size of
|
||||
means of reducing the occurrence of this event is to increase the size of
|
||||
min_free_kbytes in increments of 3*pageblock_size*nr_online_nodes where
|
||||
pageblock_size is usually the size of the default hugepage size.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
|||
|
||||
Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
October 5, 2007
|
||||
November 10, 2009
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ relevant attribute files are: wakeup, level, and autosuspend.
|
|||
|
||||
power/level
|
||||
|
||||
This file contains one of three words: "on", "auto",
|
||||
or "suspend". You can write those words to the file
|
||||
to change the device's setting.
|
||||
This file contains one of two words: "on" or "auto".
|
||||
You can write those words to the file to change the
|
||||
device's setting.
|
||||
|
||||
"on" means that the device should be resumed and
|
||||
autosuspend is not allowed. (Of course, system
|
||||
|
@ -134,10 +134,10 @@ relevant attribute files are: wakeup, level, and autosuspend.
|
|||
"auto" is the normal state in which the kernel is
|
||||
allowed to autosuspend and autoresume the device.
|
||||
|
||||
"suspend" means that the device should remain
|
||||
suspended, and autoresume is not allowed. (But remote
|
||||
wakeup may still be allowed, since it is controlled
|
||||
separately by the power/wakeup attribute.)
|
||||
(In kernels up to 2.6.32, you could also specify
|
||||
"suspend", meaning that the device should remain
|
||||
suspended and autoresume was not allowed. This
|
||||
setting is no longer supported.)
|
||||
|
||||
power/autosuspend
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -313,13 +313,14 @@ three of the methods listed above. In addition, a driver indicates
|
|||
that it supports autosuspend by setting the .supports_autosuspend flag
|
||||
in its usb_driver structure. It is then responsible for informing the
|
||||
USB core whenever one of its interfaces becomes busy or idle. The
|
||||
driver does so by calling these five functions:
|
||||
driver does so by calling these six functions:
|
||||
|
||||
int usb_autopm_get_interface(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
||||
void usb_autopm_put_interface(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
||||
int usb_autopm_set_interface(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
||||
int usb_autopm_get_interface_async(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
||||
void usb_autopm_put_interface_async(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
||||
void usb_autopm_get_interface_no_resume(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
||||
void usb_autopm_put_interface_no_suspend(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
||||
|
||||
The functions work by maintaining a counter in the usb_interface
|
||||
structure. When intf->pm_usage_count is > 0 then the interface is
|
||||
|
@ -331,11 +332,13 @@ considered to be idle, and the kernel may autosuspend the device.
|
|||
associated with the device itself rather than any of its interfaces.
|
||||
This field is used only by the USB core.)
|
||||
|
||||
The driver owns intf->pm_usage_count; it can modify the value however
|
||||
and whenever it likes. A nice aspect of the non-async usb_autopm_*
|
||||
routines is that the changes they make are protected by the usb_device
|
||||
structure's PM mutex (udev->pm_mutex); however drivers may change
|
||||
pm_usage_count without holding the mutex. Drivers using the async
|
||||
Drivers must not modify intf->pm_usage_count directly; its value
|
||||
should be changed only be using the functions listed above. Drivers
|
||||
are responsible for insuring that the overall change to pm_usage_count
|
||||
during their lifetime balances out to 0 (it may be necessary for the
|
||||
disconnect method to call usb_autopm_put_interface() one or more times
|
||||
to fulfill this requirement). The first two routines use the PM mutex
|
||||
in struct usb_device for mutual exclusion; drivers using the async
|
||||
routines are responsible for their own synchronization and mutual
|
||||
exclusion.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -347,11 +350,6 @@ exclusion.
|
|||
attempts an autosuspend if the new value is <= 0 and the
|
||||
device isn't suspended.
|
||||
|
||||
usb_autopm_set_interface() leaves pm_usage_count alone.
|
||||
It attempts an autoresume if the value is > 0 and the device
|
||||
is suspended, and it attempts an autosuspend if the value is
|
||||
<= 0 and the device isn't suspended.
|
||||
|
||||
usb_autopm_get_interface_async() and
|
||||
usb_autopm_put_interface_async() do almost the same things as
|
||||
their non-async counterparts. The differences are: they do
|
||||
|
@ -360,13 +358,11 @@ exclusion.
|
|||
such as an URB's completion handler, but when they return the
|
||||
device will not generally not yet be in the desired state.
|
||||
|
||||
There also are a couple of utility routines drivers can use:
|
||||
|
||||
usb_autopm_enable() sets pm_usage_cnt to 0 and then calls
|
||||
usb_autopm_set_interface(), which will attempt an autosuspend.
|
||||
|
||||
usb_autopm_disable() sets pm_usage_cnt to 1 and then calls
|
||||
usb_autopm_set_interface(), which will attempt an autoresume.
|
||||
usb_autopm_get_interface_no_resume() and
|
||||
usb_autopm_put_interface_no_suspend() merely increment or
|
||||
decrement the pm_usage_count value; they do not attempt to
|
||||
carry out an autoresume or an autosuspend. Hence they can be
|
||||
called in an atomic context.
|
||||
|
||||
The conventional usage pattern is that a driver calls
|
||||
usb_autopm_get_interface() in its open routine and
|
||||
|
@ -400,11 +396,11 @@ though, setting this flag won't cause the kernel to autoresume it.
|
|||
Normally a driver would set this flag in its probe method, at which
|
||||
time the device is guaranteed not to be autosuspended.)
|
||||
|
||||
The usb_autopm_* routines have to run in a sleepable process context;
|
||||
they must not be called from an interrupt handler or while holding a
|
||||
spinlock. In fact, the entire autosuspend mechanism is not well geared
|
||||
toward interrupt-driven operation. However there is one thing a
|
||||
driver can do in an interrupt handler:
|
||||
The synchronous usb_autopm_* routines have to run in a sleepable
|
||||
process context; they must not be called from an interrupt handler or
|
||||
while holding a spinlock. In fact, the entire autosuspend mechanism
|
||||
is not well geared toward interrupt-driven operation. However there
|
||||
is one thing a driver can do in an interrupt handler:
|
||||
|
||||
usb_mark_last_busy(struct usb_device *udev);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -423,15 +419,16 @@ an URB had completed too recently.
|
|||
|
||||
External suspend calls should never be allowed to fail in this way,
|
||||
only autosuspend calls. The driver can tell them apart by checking
|
||||
udev->auto_pm; this flag will be set to 1 for internal PM events
|
||||
(autosuspend or autoresume) and 0 for external PM events.
|
||||
the PM_EVENT_AUTO bit in the message.event argument to the suspend
|
||||
method; this bit will be set for internal PM events (autosuspend) and
|
||||
clear for external PM events.
|
||||
|
||||
Many of the ingredients in the autosuspend framework are oriented
|
||||
towards interfaces: The usb_interface structure contains the
|
||||
pm_usage_cnt field, and the usb_autopm_* routines take an interface
|
||||
pointer as their argument. But somewhat confusingly, a few of the
|
||||
pieces (usb_mark_last_busy() and udev->auto_pm) use the usb_device
|
||||
structure instead. Drivers need to keep this straight; they can call
|
||||
pieces (i.e., usb_mark_last_busy()) use the usb_device structure
|
||||
instead. Drivers need to keep this straight; they can call
|
||||
interface_to_usbdev() to find the device structure for a given
|
||||
interface.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ m5602 0402:5602 ALi Video Camera Controller
|
|||
spca501 040a:0002 Kodak DVC-325
|
||||
spca500 040a:0300 Kodak EZ200
|
||||
zc3xx 041e:041e Creative WebCam Live!
|
||||
ov519 041e:4003 Video Blaster WebCam Go Plus
|
||||
spca500 041e:400a Creative PC-CAM 300
|
||||
sunplus 041e:400b Creative PC-CAM 600
|
||||
sunplus 041e:4012 PC-Cam350
|
||||
|
@ -168,10 +169,14 @@ sunplus 055f:c650 Mustek MDC5500Z
|
|||
zc3xx 055f:d003 Mustek WCam300A
|
||||
zc3xx 055f:d004 Mustek WCam300 AN
|
||||
conex 0572:0041 Creative Notebook cx11646
|
||||
ov519 05a9:0511 Video Blaster WebCam 3/WebCam Plus, D-Link USB Digital Video Camera
|
||||
ov519 05a9:0518 Creative WebCam
|
||||
ov519 05a9:0519 OV519 Microphone
|
||||
ov519 05a9:0530 OmniVision
|
||||
ov519 05a9:2800 OmniVision SuperCAM
|
||||
ov519 05a9:4519 Webcam Classic
|
||||
ov519 05a9:8519 OmniVision
|
||||
ov519 05a9:a511 D-Link USB Digital Video Camera
|
||||
ov519 05a9:a518 D-Link DSB-C310 Webcam
|
||||
sunplus 05da:1018 Digital Dream Enigma 1.3
|
||||
stk014 05e1:0893 Syntek DV4000
|
||||
|
@ -187,7 +192,7 @@ ov534 06f8:3002 Hercules Blog Webcam
|
|||
ov534 06f8:3003 Hercules Dualpix HD Weblog
|
||||
sonixj 06f8:3004 Hercules Classic Silver
|
||||
sonixj 06f8:3008 Hercules Deluxe Optical Glass
|
||||
pac7311 06f8:3009 Hercules Classic Link
|
||||
pac7302 06f8:3009 Hercules Classic Link
|
||||
spca508 0733:0110 ViewQuest VQ110
|
||||
spca501 0733:0401 Intel Create and Share
|
||||
spca501 0733:0402 ViewQuest M318B
|
||||
|
@ -199,6 +204,7 @@ sunplus 0733:2221 Mercury Digital Pro 3.1p
|
|||
sunplus 0733:3261 Concord 3045 spca536a
|
||||
sunplus 0733:3281 Cyberpix S550V
|
||||
spca506 0734:043b 3DeMon USB Capture aka
|
||||
ov519 0813:0002 Dual Mode USB Camera Plus
|
||||
spca500 084d:0003 D-Link DSC-350
|
||||
spca500 08ca:0103 Aiptek PocketDV
|
||||
sunplus 08ca:0104 Aiptek PocketDVII 1.3
|
||||
|
@ -236,15 +242,15 @@ pac7311 093a:2603 Philips SPC 500 NC
|
|||
pac7311 093a:2608 Trust WB-3300p
|
||||
pac7311 093a:260e Gigaware VGA PC Camera, Trust WB-3350p, SIGMA cam 2350
|
||||
pac7311 093a:260f SnakeCam
|
||||
pac7311 093a:2620 Apollo AC-905
|
||||
pac7311 093a:2621 PAC731x
|
||||
pac7311 093a:2622 Genius Eye 312
|
||||
pac7311 093a:2624 PAC7302
|
||||
pac7311 093a:2626 Labtec 2200
|
||||
pac7311 093a:2628 Genius iLook 300
|
||||
pac7311 093a:2629 Genious iSlim 300
|
||||
pac7311 093a:262a Webcam 300k
|
||||
pac7311 093a:262c Philips SPC 230 NC
|
||||
pac7302 093a:2620 Apollo AC-905
|
||||
pac7302 093a:2621 PAC731x
|
||||
pac7302 093a:2622 Genius Eye 312
|
||||
pac7302 093a:2624 PAC7302
|
||||
pac7302 093a:2626 Labtec 2200
|
||||
pac7302 093a:2628 Genius iLook 300
|
||||
pac7302 093a:2629 Genious iSlim 300
|
||||
pac7302 093a:262a Webcam 300k
|
||||
pac7302 093a:262c Philips SPC 230 NC
|
||||
jeilinj 0979:0280 Sakar 57379
|
||||
zc3xx 0ac8:0302 Z-star Vimicro zc0302
|
||||
vc032x 0ac8:0321 Vimicro generic vc0321
|
||||
|
@ -259,6 +265,7 @@ vc032x 0ac8:c002 Sony embedded vimicro
|
|||
vc032x 0ac8:c301 Samsung Q1 Ultra Premium
|
||||
spca508 0af9:0010 Hama USB Sightcam 100
|
||||
spca508 0af9:0011 Hama USB Sightcam 100
|
||||
ov519 0b62:0059 iBOT2 Webcam
|
||||
sonixb 0c45:6001 Genius VideoCAM NB
|
||||
sonixb 0c45:6005 Microdia Sweex Mini Webcam
|
||||
sonixb 0c45:6007 Sonix sn9c101 + Tas5110D
|
||||
|
@ -318,8 +325,10 @@ sn9c20x 0c45:62b3 PC Camera (SN9C202 + OV9655)
|
|||
sn9c20x 0c45:62bb PC Camera (SN9C202 + OV7660)
|
||||
sn9c20x 0c45:62bc PC Camera (SN9C202 + HV7131R)
|
||||
sunplus 0d64:0303 Sunplus FashionCam DXG
|
||||
ov519 0e96:c001 TRUST 380 USB2 SPACEC@M
|
||||
etoms 102c:6151 Qcam Sangha CIF
|
||||
etoms 102c:6251 Qcam xxxxxx VGA
|
||||
ov519 1046:9967 W9967CF/W9968CF WebCam IC, Video Blaster WebCam Go
|
||||
zc3xx 10fd:0128 Typhoon Webshot II USB 300k 0x0128
|
||||
spca561 10fd:7e50 FlyCam Usb 100
|
||||
zc3xx 10fd:8050 Typhoon Webshot II USB 300k
|
||||
|
@ -332,7 +341,12 @@ spca501 1776:501c Arowana 300K CMOS Camera
|
|||
t613 17a1:0128 TASCORP JPEG Webcam, NGS Cyclops
|
||||
vc032x 17ef:4802 Lenovo Vc0323+MI1310_SOC
|
||||
pac207 2001:f115 D-Link DSB-C120
|
||||
sq905c 2770:9050 sq905c
|
||||
sq905c 2770:905c DualCamera
|
||||
sq905 2770:9120 Argus Digital Camera DC1512
|
||||
sq905c 2770:913d sq905c
|
||||
spca500 2899:012c Toptro Industrial
|
||||
ov519 8020:ef04 ov519
|
||||
spca508 8086:0110 Intel Easy PC Camera
|
||||
spca500 8086:0630 Intel Pocket PC Camera
|
||||
spca506 99fa:8988 Grandtec V.cap
|
||||
|
|
157
Documentation/video4linux/sh_mobile_ceu_camera.txt
Normal file
157
Documentation/video4linux/sh_mobile_ceu_camera.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
|
|||
Cropping and Scaling algorithm, used in the sh_mobile_ceu_camera driver
|
||||
=======================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
Terminology
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
sensor scales: horizontal and vertical scales, configured by the sensor driver
|
||||
host scales: -"- host driver
|
||||
combined scales: sensor_scale * host_scale
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Generic scaling / cropping scheme
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
-1--
|
||||
|
|
||||
-2-- -\
|
||||
| --\
|
||||
| --\
|
||||
+-5-- -\ -- -3--
|
||||
| ---\
|
||||
| --- -4-- -\
|
||||
| -\
|
||||
| - -6--
|
||||
|
|
||||
| - -6'-
|
||||
| -/
|
||||
| --- -4'- -/
|
||||
| ---/
|
||||
+-5'- -/
|
||||
| -- -3'-
|
||||
| --/
|
||||
| --/
|
||||
-2'- -/
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
-1'-
|
||||
|
||||
Produced by user requests:
|
||||
|
||||
S_CROP(left / top = (5) - (1), width / height = (5') - (5))
|
||||
S_FMT(width / height = (6') - (6))
|
||||
|
||||
Here:
|
||||
|
||||
(1) to (1') - whole max width or height
|
||||
(1) to (2) - sensor cropped left or top
|
||||
(2) to (2') - sensor cropped width or height
|
||||
(3) to (3') - sensor scale
|
||||
(3) to (4) - CEU cropped left or top
|
||||
(4) to (4') - CEU cropped width or height
|
||||
(5) to (5') - reverse sensor scale applied to CEU cropped width or height
|
||||
(2) to (5) - reverse sensor scale applied to CEU cropped left or top
|
||||
(6) to (6') - CEU scale - user window
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
S_FMT
|
||||
-----
|
||||
|
||||
Do not touch input rectangle - it is already optimal.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Calculate current sensor scales:
|
||||
|
||||
scale_s = ((3') - (3)) / ((2') - (2))
|
||||
|
||||
2. Calculate "effective" input crop (sensor subwindow) - CEU crop scaled back at
|
||||
current sensor scales onto input window - this is user S_CROP:
|
||||
|
||||
width_u = (5') - (5) = ((4') - (4)) * scale_s
|
||||
|
||||
3. Calculate new combined scales from "effective" input window to requested user
|
||||
window:
|
||||
|
||||
scale_comb = width_u / ((6') - (6))
|
||||
|
||||
4. Calculate sensor output window by applying combined scales to real input
|
||||
window:
|
||||
|
||||
width_s_out = ((2') - (2)) / scale_comb
|
||||
|
||||
5. Apply iterative sensor S_FMT for sensor output window.
|
||||
|
||||
subdev->video_ops->s_fmt(.width = width_s_out)
|
||||
|
||||
6. Retrieve sensor output window (g_fmt)
|
||||
|
||||
7. Calculate new sensor scales:
|
||||
|
||||
scale_s_new = ((3')_new - (3)_new) / ((2') - (2))
|
||||
|
||||
8. Calculate new CEU crop - apply sensor scales to previously calculated
|
||||
"effective" crop:
|
||||
|
||||
width_ceu = (4')_new - (4)_new = width_u / scale_s_new
|
||||
left_ceu = (4)_new - (3)_new = ((5) - (2)) / scale_s_new
|
||||
|
||||
9. Use CEU cropping to crop to the new window:
|
||||
|
||||
ceu_crop(.width = width_ceu, .left = left_ceu)
|
||||
|
||||
10. Use CEU scaling to scale to the requested user window:
|
||||
|
||||
scale_ceu = width_ceu / width
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
S_CROP
|
||||
------
|
||||
|
||||
If old scale applied to new crop is invalid produce nearest new scale possible
|
||||
|
||||
1. Calculate current combined scales.
|
||||
|
||||
scale_comb = (((4') - (4)) / ((6') - (6))) * (((2') - (2)) / ((3') - (3)))
|
||||
|
||||
2. Apply iterative sensor S_CROP for new input window.
|
||||
|
||||
3. If old combined scales applied to new crop produce an impossible user window,
|
||||
adjust scales to produce nearest possible window.
|
||||
|
||||
width_u_out = ((5') - (5)) / scale_comb
|
||||
|
||||
if (width_u_out > max)
|
||||
scale_comb = ((5') - (5)) / max;
|
||||
else if (width_u_out < min)
|
||||
scale_comb = ((5') - (5)) / min;
|
||||
|
||||
4. Issue G_CROP to retrieve actual input window.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Using actual input window and calculated combined scales calculate sensor
|
||||
target output window.
|
||||
|
||||
width_s_out = ((3') - (3)) = ((2') - (2)) / scale_comb
|
||||
|
||||
6. Apply iterative S_FMT for new sensor target output window.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Issue G_FMT to retrieve the actual sensor output window.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Calculate sensor scales.
|
||||
|
||||
scale_s = ((3') - (3)) / ((2') - (2))
|
||||
|
||||
9. Calculate sensor output subwindow to be cropped on CEU by applying sensor
|
||||
scales to the requested window.
|
||||
|
||||
width_ceu = ((5') - (5)) / scale_s
|
||||
|
||||
10. Use CEU cropping for above calculated window.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Calculate CEU scales from sensor scales from results of (10) and user window
|
||||
from (3)
|
||||
|
||||
scale_ceu = calc_scale(((5') - (5)), &width_u_out)
|
||||
|
||||
12. Apply CEU scales.
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
Author: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
|
|
@ -561,6 +561,8 @@ video_device helper functions
|
|||
|
||||
There are a few useful helper functions:
|
||||
|
||||
- file/video_device private data
|
||||
|
||||
You can set/get driver private data in the video_device struct using:
|
||||
|
||||
void *video_get_drvdata(struct video_device *vdev);
|
||||
|
@ -575,8 +577,7 @@ struct video_device *video_devdata(struct file *file);
|
|||
|
||||
returns the video_device belonging to the file struct.
|
||||
|
||||
The final helper function combines video_get_drvdata with
|
||||
video_devdata:
|
||||
The video_drvdata function combines video_get_drvdata with video_devdata:
|
||||
|
||||
void *video_drvdata(struct file *file);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -584,6 +585,17 @@ You can go from a video_device struct to the v4l2_device struct using:
|
|||
|
||||
struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev = vdev->v4l2_dev;
|
||||
|
||||
- Device node name
|
||||
|
||||
The video_device node kernel name can be retrieved using
|
||||
|
||||
const char *video_device_node_name(struct video_device *vdev);
|
||||
|
||||
The name is used as a hint by userspace tools such as udev. The function
|
||||
should be used where possible instead of accessing the video_device::num and
|
||||
video_device::minor fields.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
video buffer helper functions
|
||||
-----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,23 +11,21 @@ This optimization is more critical now as bigger and bigger physical memories
|
|||
(several GBs) are more readily available.
|
||||
|
||||
Users can use the huge page support in Linux kernel by either using the mmap
|
||||
system call or standard SYSv shared memory system calls (shmget, shmat).
|
||||
system call or standard SYSV shared memory system calls (shmget, shmat).
|
||||
|
||||
First the Linux kernel needs to be built with the CONFIG_HUGETLBFS
|
||||
(present under "File systems") and CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE (selected
|
||||
automatically when CONFIG_HUGETLBFS is selected) configuration
|
||||
options.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel built with huge page support should show the number of configured
|
||||
huge pages in the system by running the "cat /proc/meminfo" command.
|
||||
The /proc/meminfo file provides information about the total number of
|
||||
persistent hugetlb pages in the kernel's huge page pool. It also displays
|
||||
information about the number of free, reserved and surplus huge pages and the
|
||||
default huge page size. The huge page size is needed for generating the
|
||||
proper alignment and size of the arguments to system calls that map huge page
|
||||
regions.
|
||||
|
||||
/proc/meminfo also provides information about the total number of hugetlb
|
||||
pages configured in the kernel. It also displays information about the
|
||||
number of free hugetlb pages at any time. It also displays information about
|
||||
the configured huge page size - this is needed for generating the proper
|
||||
alignment and size of the arguments to the above system calls.
|
||||
|
||||
The output of "cat /proc/meminfo" will have lines like:
|
||||
The output of "cat /proc/meminfo" will include lines like:
|
||||
|
||||
.....
|
||||
HugePages_Total: vvv
|
||||
|
@ -53,59 +51,63 @@ HugePages_Surp is short for "surplus," and is the number of huge pages in
|
|||
/proc/filesystems should also show a filesystem of type "hugetlbfs" configured
|
||||
in the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
/proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages indicates the current number of configured hugetlb
|
||||
pages in the kernel. Super user can dynamically request more (or free some
|
||||
pre-configured) huge pages.
|
||||
The allocation (or deallocation) of hugetlb pages is possible only if there are
|
||||
enough physically contiguous free pages in system (freeing of huge pages is
|
||||
possible only if there are enough hugetlb pages free that can be transferred
|
||||
back to regular memory pool).
|
||||
/proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages indicates the current number of "persistent" huge
|
||||
pages in the kernel's huge page pool. "Persistent" huge pages will be
|
||||
returned to the huge page pool when freed by a task. A user with root
|
||||
privileges can dynamically allocate more or free some persistent huge pages
|
||||
by increasing or decreasing the value of 'nr_hugepages'.
|
||||
|
||||
Pages that are used as hugetlb pages are reserved inside the kernel and cannot
|
||||
be used for other purposes.
|
||||
Pages that are used as huge pages are reserved inside the kernel and cannot
|
||||
be used for other purposes. Huge pages cannot be swapped out under
|
||||
memory pressure.
|
||||
|
||||
Once the kernel with Hugetlb page support is built and running, a user can
|
||||
use either the mmap system call or shared memory system calls to start using
|
||||
the huge pages. It is required that the system administrator preallocate
|
||||
enough memory for huge page purposes.
|
||||
Once a number of huge pages have been pre-allocated to the kernel huge page
|
||||
pool, a user with appropriate privilege can use either the mmap system call
|
||||
or shared memory system calls to use the huge pages. See the discussion of
|
||||
Using Huge Pages, below.
|
||||
|
||||
The administrator can preallocate huge pages on the kernel boot command line by
|
||||
specifying the "hugepages=N" parameter, where 'N' = the number of huge pages
|
||||
requested. This is the most reliable method for preallocating huge pages as
|
||||
memory has not yet become fragmented.
|
||||
The administrator can allocate persistent huge pages on the kernel boot
|
||||
command line by specifying the "hugepages=N" parameter, where 'N' = the
|
||||
number of huge pages requested. This is the most reliable method of
|
||||
allocating huge pages as memory has not yet become fragmented.
|
||||
|
||||
Some platforms support multiple huge page sizes. To preallocate huge pages
|
||||
Some platforms support multiple huge page sizes. To allocate huge pages
|
||||
of a specific size, one must preceed the huge pages boot command parameters
|
||||
with a huge page size selection parameter "hugepagesz=<size>". <size> must
|
||||
be specified in bytes with optional scale suffix [kKmMgG]. The default huge
|
||||
page size may be selected with the "default_hugepagesz=<size>" boot parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
/proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages indicates the current number of configured [default
|
||||
size] hugetlb pages in the kernel. Super user can dynamically request more
|
||||
(or free some pre-configured) huge pages.
|
||||
|
||||
Use the following command to dynamically allocate/deallocate default sized
|
||||
huge pages:
|
||||
When multiple huge page sizes are supported, /proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages
|
||||
indicates the current number of pre-allocated huge pages of the default size.
|
||||
Thus, one can use the following command to dynamically allocate/deallocate
|
||||
default sized persistent huge pages:
|
||||
|
||||
echo 20 > /proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages
|
||||
|
||||
This command will try to configure 20 default sized huge pages in the system.
|
||||
This command will try to adjust the number of default sized huge pages in the
|
||||
huge page pool to 20, allocating or freeing huge pages, as required.
|
||||
|
||||
On a NUMA platform, the kernel will attempt to distribute the huge page pool
|
||||
over the all on-line nodes. These huge pages, allocated when nr_hugepages
|
||||
is increased, are called "persistent huge pages".
|
||||
over all the set of allowed nodes specified by the NUMA memory policy of the
|
||||
task that modifies nr_hugepages. The default for the allowed nodes--when the
|
||||
task has default memory policy--is all on-line nodes with memory. Allowed
|
||||
nodes with insufficient available, contiguous memory for a huge page will be
|
||||
silently skipped when allocating persistent huge pages. See the discussion
|
||||
below of the interaction of task memory policy, cpusets and per node attributes
|
||||
with the allocation and freeing of persistent huge pages.
|
||||
|
||||
The success or failure of huge page allocation depends on the amount of
|
||||
physically contiguous memory that is preset in system at the time of the
|
||||
physically contiguous memory that is present in system at the time of the
|
||||
allocation attempt. If the kernel is unable to allocate huge pages from
|
||||
some nodes in a NUMA system, it will attempt to make up the difference by
|
||||
allocating extra pages on other nodes with sufficient available contiguous
|
||||
memory, if any.
|
||||
|
||||
System administrators may want to put this command in one of the local rc init
|
||||
files. This will enable the kernel to request huge pages early in the boot
|
||||
process when the possibility of getting physical contiguous pages is still
|
||||
very high. Administrators can verify the number of huge pages actually
|
||||
allocated by checking the sysctl or meminfo. To check the per node
|
||||
System administrators may want to put this command in one of the local rc
|
||||
init files. This will enable the kernel to allocate huge pages early in
|
||||
the boot process when the possibility of getting physical contiguous pages
|
||||
is still very high. Administrators can verify the number of huge pages
|
||||
actually allocated by checking the sysctl or meminfo. To check the per node
|
||||
distribution of huge pages in a NUMA system, use:
|
||||
|
||||
cat /sys/devices/system/node/node*/meminfo | fgrep Huge
|
||||
|
@ -113,45 +115,47 @@ distribution of huge pages in a NUMA system, use:
|
|||
/proc/sys/vm/nr_overcommit_hugepages specifies how large the pool of
|
||||
huge pages can grow, if more huge pages than /proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages are
|
||||
requested by applications. Writing any non-zero value into this file
|
||||
indicates that the hugetlb subsystem is allowed to try to obtain "surplus"
|
||||
huge pages from the buddy allocator, when the normal pool is exhausted. As
|
||||
these surplus huge pages go out of use, they are freed back to the buddy
|
||||
allocator.
|
||||
indicates that the hugetlb subsystem is allowed to try to obtain that
|
||||
number of "surplus" huge pages from the kernel's normal page pool, when the
|
||||
persistent huge page pool is exhausted. As these surplus huge pages become
|
||||
unused, they are freed back to the kernel's normal page pool.
|
||||
|
||||
When increasing the huge page pool size via nr_hugepages, any surplus
|
||||
When increasing the huge page pool size via nr_hugepages, any existing surplus
|
||||
pages will first be promoted to persistent huge pages. Then, additional
|
||||
huge pages will be allocated, if necessary and if possible, to fulfill
|
||||
the new huge page pool size.
|
||||
the new persistent huge page pool size.
|
||||
|
||||
The administrator may shrink the pool of preallocated huge pages for
|
||||
The administrator may shrink the pool of persistent huge pages for
|
||||
the default huge page size by setting the nr_hugepages sysctl to a
|
||||
smaller value. The kernel will attempt to balance the freeing of huge pages
|
||||
across all on-line nodes. Any free huge pages on the selected nodes will
|
||||
be freed back to the buddy allocator.
|
||||
across all nodes in the memory policy of the task modifying nr_hugepages.
|
||||
Any free huge pages on the selected nodes will be freed back to the kernel's
|
||||
normal page pool.
|
||||
|
||||
Caveat: Shrinking the pool via nr_hugepages such that it becomes less
|
||||
than the number of huge pages in use will convert the balance to surplus
|
||||
huge pages even if it would exceed the overcommit value. As long as
|
||||
this condition holds, however, no more surplus huge pages will be
|
||||
allowed on the system until one of the two sysctls are increased
|
||||
sufficiently, or the surplus huge pages go out of use and are freed.
|
||||
Caveat: Shrinking the persistent huge page pool via nr_hugepages such that
|
||||
it becomes less than the number of huge pages in use will convert the balance
|
||||
of the in-use huge pages to surplus huge pages. This will occur even if
|
||||
the number of surplus pages it would exceed the overcommit value. As long as
|
||||
this condition holds--that is, until nr_hugepages+nr_overcommit_hugepages is
|
||||
increased sufficiently, or the surplus huge pages go out of use and are freed--
|
||||
no more surplus huge pages will be allowed to be allocated.
|
||||
|
||||
With support for multiple huge page pools at run-time available, much of
|
||||
the huge page userspace interface has been duplicated in sysfs. The above
|
||||
information applies to the default huge page size which will be
|
||||
controlled by the /proc interfaces for backwards compatibility. The root
|
||||
huge page control directory in sysfs is:
|
||||
the huge page userspace interface in /proc/sys/vm has been duplicated in sysfs.
|
||||
The /proc interfaces discussed above have been retained for backwards
|
||||
compatibility. The root huge page control directory in sysfs is:
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/kernel/mm/hugepages
|
||||
|
||||
For each huge page size supported by the running kernel, a subdirectory
|
||||
will exist, of the form
|
||||
will exist, of the form:
|
||||
|
||||
hugepages-${size}kB
|
||||
|
||||
Inside each of these directories, the same set of files will exist:
|
||||
|
||||
nr_hugepages
|
||||
nr_hugepages_mempolicy
|
||||
nr_overcommit_hugepages
|
||||
free_hugepages
|
||||
resv_hugepages
|
||||
|
@ -159,6 +163,102 @@ Inside each of these directories, the same set of files will exist:
|
|||
|
||||
which function as described above for the default huge page-sized case.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Interaction of Task Memory Policy with Huge Page Allocation/Freeing
|
||||
|
||||
Whether huge pages are allocated and freed via the /proc interface or
|
||||
the /sysfs interface using the nr_hugepages_mempolicy attribute, the NUMA
|
||||
nodes from which huge pages are allocated or freed are controlled by the
|
||||
NUMA memory policy of the task that modifies the nr_hugepages_mempolicy
|
||||
sysctl or attribute. When the nr_hugepages attribute is used, mempolicy
|
||||
is ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
The recommended method to allocate or free huge pages to/from the kernel
|
||||
huge page pool, using the nr_hugepages example above, is:
|
||||
|
||||
numactl --interleave <node-list> echo 20 \
|
||||
>/proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages_mempolicy
|
||||
|
||||
or, more succinctly:
|
||||
|
||||
numactl -m <node-list> echo 20 >/proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages_mempolicy
|
||||
|
||||
This will allocate or free abs(20 - nr_hugepages) to or from the nodes
|
||||
specified in <node-list>, depending on whether number of persistent huge pages
|
||||
is initially less than or greater than 20, respectively. No huge pages will be
|
||||
allocated nor freed on any node not included in the specified <node-list>.
|
||||
|
||||
When adjusting the persistent hugepage count via nr_hugepages_mempolicy, any
|
||||
memory policy mode--bind, preferred, local or interleave--may be used. The
|
||||
resulting effect on persistent huge page allocation is as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
1) Regardless of mempolicy mode [see Documentation/vm/numa_memory_policy.txt],
|
||||
persistent huge pages will be distributed across the node or nodes
|
||||
specified in the mempolicy as if "interleave" had been specified.
|
||||
However, if a node in the policy does not contain sufficient contiguous
|
||||
memory for a huge page, the allocation will not "fallback" to the nearest
|
||||
neighbor node with sufficient contiguous memory. To do this would cause
|
||||
undesirable imbalance in the distribution of the huge page pool, or
|
||||
possibly, allocation of persistent huge pages on nodes not allowed by
|
||||
the task's memory policy.
|
||||
|
||||
2) One or more nodes may be specified with the bind or interleave policy.
|
||||
If more than one node is specified with the preferred policy, only the
|
||||
lowest numeric id will be used. Local policy will select the node where
|
||||
the task is running at the time the nodes_allowed mask is constructed.
|
||||
For local policy to be deterministic, the task must be bound to a cpu or
|
||||
cpus in a single node. Otherwise, the task could be migrated to some
|
||||
other node at any time after launch and the resulting node will be
|
||||
indeterminate. Thus, local policy is not very useful for this purpose.
|
||||
Any of the other mempolicy modes may be used to specify a single node.
|
||||
|
||||
3) The nodes allowed mask will be derived from any non-default task mempolicy,
|
||||
whether this policy was set explicitly by the task itself or one of its
|
||||
ancestors, such as numactl. This means that if the task is invoked from a
|
||||
shell with non-default policy, that policy will be used. One can specify a
|
||||
node list of "all" with numactl --interleave or --membind [-m] to achieve
|
||||
interleaving over all nodes in the system or cpuset.
|
||||
|
||||
4) Any task mempolicy specifed--e.g., using numactl--will be constrained by
|
||||
the resource limits of any cpuset in which the task runs. Thus, there will
|
||||
be no way for a task with non-default policy running in a cpuset with a
|
||||
subset of the system nodes to allocate huge pages outside the cpuset
|
||||
without first moving to a cpuset that contains all of the desired nodes.
|
||||
|
||||
5) Boot-time huge page allocation attempts to distribute the requested number
|
||||
of huge pages over all on-lines nodes with memory.
|
||||
|
||||
Per Node Hugepages Attributes
|
||||
|
||||
A subset of the contents of the root huge page control directory in sysfs,
|
||||
described above, will be replicated under each the system device of each
|
||||
NUMA node with memory in:
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/node/node[0-9]*/hugepages/
|
||||
|
||||
Under this directory, the subdirectory for each supported huge page size
|
||||
contains the following attribute files:
|
||||
|
||||
nr_hugepages
|
||||
free_hugepages
|
||||
surplus_hugepages
|
||||
|
||||
The free_' and surplus_' attribute files are read-only. They return the number
|
||||
of free and surplus [overcommitted] huge pages, respectively, on the parent
|
||||
node.
|
||||
|
||||
The nr_hugepages attribute returns the total number of huge pages on the
|
||||
specified node. When this attribute is written, the number of persistent huge
|
||||
pages on the parent node will be adjusted to the specified value, if sufficient
|
||||
resources exist, regardless of the task's mempolicy or cpuset constraints.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the number of overcommit and reserve pages remain global quantities,
|
||||
as we don't know until fault time, when the faulting task's mempolicy is
|
||||
applied, from which node the huge page allocation will be attempted.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Using Huge Pages
|
||||
|
||||
If the user applications are going to request huge pages using mmap system
|
||||
call, then it is required that system administrator mount a file system of
|
||||
type hugetlbfs:
|
||||
|
@ -206,9 +306,11 @@ map_hugetlb.c.
|
|||
* requesting huge pages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For the ia64 architecture, the Linux kernel reserves Region number 4 for
|
||||
* huge pages. That means the addresses starting with 0x800000... will need
|
||||
* to be specified. Specifying a fixed address is not required on ppc64,
|
||||
* i386 or x86_64.
|
||||
* huge pages. That means that if one requires a fixed address, a huge page
|
||||
* aligned address starting with 0x800000... will be required. If a fixed
|
||||
* address is not required, the kernel will select an address in the proper
|
||||
* range.
|
||||
* Other architectures, such as ppc64, i386 or x86_64 are not so constrained.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: The default shared memory limit is quite low on many kernels,
|
||||
* you may need to increase it via:
|
||||
|
@ -237,14 +339,8 @@ map_hugetlb.c.
|
|||
|
||||
#define dprintf(x) printf(x)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Only ia64 requires this */
|
||||
#ifdef __ia64__
|
||||
#define ADDR (void *)(0x8000000000000000UL)
|
||||
#define SHMAT_FLAGS (SHM_RND)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define ADDR (void *)(0x0UL)
|
||||
#define ADDR (void *)(0x0UL) /* let kernel choose address */
|
||||
#define SHMAT_FLAGS (0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -302,10 +398,12 @@ int main(void)
|
|||
* example, the app is requesting memory of size 256MB that is backed by
|
||||
* huge pages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For ia64 architecture, Linux kernel reserves Region number 4 for huge pages.
|
||||
* That means the addresses starting with 0x800000... will need to be
|
||||
* specified. Specifying a fixed address is not required on ppc64, i386
|
||||
* or x86_64.
|
||||
* For the ia64 architecture, the Linux kernel reserves Region number 4 for
|
||||
* huge pages. That means that if one requires a fixed address, a huge page
|
||||
* aligned address starting with 0x800000... will be required. If a fixed
|
||||
* address is not required, the kernel will select an address in the proper
|
||||
* range.
|
||||
* Other architectures, such as ppc64, i386 or x86_64 are not so constrained.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
@ -317,14 +415,8 @@ int main(void)
|
|||
#define LENGTH (256UL*1024*1024)
|
||||
#define PROTECTION (PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Only ia64 requires this */
|
||||
#ifdef __ia64__
|
||||
#define ADDR (void *)(0x8000000000000000UL)
|
||||
#define FLAGS (MAP_SHARED | MAP_FIXED)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define ADDR (void *)(0x0UL)
|
||||
#define ADDR (void *)(0x0UL) /* let kernel choose address */
|
||||
#define FLAGS (MAP_SHARED)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void check_bytes(char *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -92,16 +92,62 @@ PR_MCE_KILL_GET
|
|||
|
||||
Testing:
|
||||
|
||||
madvise(MADV_POISON, ....)
|
||||
madvise(MADV_HWPOISON, ....)
|
||||
(as root)
|
||||
Poison a page in the process for testing
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
hwpoison-inject module through debugfs
|
||||
/sys/debug/hwpoison/corrupt-pfn
|
||||
|
||||
Inject hwpoison fault at PFN echoed into this file
|
||||
/sys/debug/hwpoison/
|
||||
|
||||
corrupt-pfn
|
||||
|
||||
Inject hwpoison fault at PFN echoed into this file. This does
|
||||
some early filtering to avoid corrupted unintended pages in test suites.
|
||||
|
||||
unpoison-pfn
|
||||
|
||||
Software-unpoison page at PFN echoed into this file. This
|
||||
way a page can be reused again.
|
||||
This only works for Linux injected failures, not for real
|
||||
memory failures.
|
||||
|
||||
Note these injection interfaces are not stable and might change between
|
||||
kernel versions
|
||||
|
||||
corrupt-filter-dev-major
|
||||
corrupt-filter-dev-minor
|
||||
|
||||
Only handle memory failures to pages associated with the file system defined
|
||||
by block device major/minor. -1U is the wildcard value.
|
||||
This should be only used for testing with artificial injection.
|
||||
|
||||
corrupt-filter-memcg
|
||||
|
||||
Limit injection to pages owned by memgroup. Specified by inode number
|
||||
of the memcg.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
mkdir /cgroup/hwpoison
|
||||
|
||||
usemem -m 100 -s 1000 &
|
||||
echo `jobs -p` > /cgroup/hwpoison/tasks
|
||||
|
||||
memcg_ino=$(ls -id /cgroup/hwpoison | cut -f1 -d' ')
|
||||
echo $memcg_ino > /debug/hwpoison/corrupt-filter-memcg
|
||||
|
||||
page-types -p `pidof init` --hwpoison # shall do nothing
|
||||
page-types -p `pidof usemem` --hwpoison # poison its pages
|
||||
|
||||
corrupt-filter-flags-mask
|
||||
corrupt-filter-flags-value
|
||||
|
||||
When specified, only poison pages if ((page_flags & mask) == value).
|
||||
This allows stress testing of many kinds of pages. The page_flags
|
||||
are the same as in /proc/kpageflags. The flag bits are defined in
|
||||
include/linux/kernel-page-flags.h and documented in
|
||||
Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt
|
||||
|
||||
Architecture specific MCE injector
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ by sharing the data common between them. But it can be useful to any
|
|||
application which generates many instances of the same data.
|
||||
|
||||
KSM only merges anonymous (private) pages, never pagecache (file) pages.
|
||||
KSM's merged pages are at present locked into kernel memory for as long
|
||||
as they are shared: so cannot be swapped out like the user pages they
|
||||
replace (but swapping KSM pages should follow soon in a later release).
|
||||
KSM's merged pages were originally locked into kernel memory, but can now
|
||||
be swapped out just like other user pages (but sharing is broken when they
|
||||
are swapped back in: ksmd must rediscover their identity and merge again).
|
||||
|
||||
KSM only operates on those areas of address space which an application
|
||||
has advised to be likely candidates for merging, by using the madvise(2)
|
||||
|
@ -44,20 +44,12 @@ includes unmapped gaps (though working on the intervening mapped areas),
|
|||
and might fail with EAGAIN if not enough memory for internal structures.
|
||||
|
||||
Applications should be considerate in their use of MADV_MERGEABLE,
|
||||
restricting its use to areas likely to benefit. KSM's scans may use
|
||||
a lot of processing power, and its kernel-resident pages are a limited
|
||||
resource. Some installations will disable KSM for these reasons.
|
||||
restricting its use to areas likely to benefit. KSM's scans may use a lot
|
||||
of processing power: some installations will disable KSM for that reason.
|
||||
|
||||
The KSM daemon is controlled by sysfs files in /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/,
|
||||
readable by all but writable only by root:
|
||||
|
||||
max_kernel_pages - set to maximum number of kernel pages that KSM may use
|
||||
e.g. "echo 100000 > /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/max_kernel_pages"
|
||||
Value 0 imposes no limit on the kernel pages KSM may use;
|
||||
but note that any process using MADV_MERGEABLE can cause
|
||||
KSM to allocate these pages, unswappable until it exits.
|
||||
Default: quarter of memory (chosen to not pin too much)
|
||||
|
||||
pages_to_scan - how many present pages to scan before ksmd goes to sleep
|
||||
e.g. "echo 100 > /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_to_scan"
|
||||
Default: 100 (chosen for demonstration purposes)
|
||||
|
@ -75,7 +67,7 @@ run - set 0 to stop ksmd from running but keep merged pages,
|
|||
|
||||
The effectiveness of KSM and MADV_MERGEABLE is shown in /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/:
|
||||
|
||||
pages_shared - how many shared unswappable kernel pages KSM is using
|
||||
pages_shared - how many shared pages are being used
|
||||
pages_sharing - how many more sites are sharing them i.e. how much saved
|
||||
pages_unshared - how many pages unique but repeatedly checked for merging
|
||||
pages_volatile - how many pages changing too fast to be placed in a tree
|
||||
|
@ -87,4 +79,4 @@ pages_volatile embraces several different kinds of activity, but a high
|
|||
proportion there would also indicate poor use of madvise MADV_MERGEABLE.
|
||||
|
||||
Izik Eidus,
|
||||
Hugh Dickins, 24 Sept 2009
|
||||
Hugh Dickins, 17 Nov 2009
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,22 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* page-types: Tool for querying page flags
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
|
||||
* Software Foundation; version 2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
* ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
|
||||
* more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should find a copy of v2 of the GNU General Public License somewhere on
|
||||
* your Linux system; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59
|
||||
* Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2009 Intel corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Released under the General Public License (GPL).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
|
||||
|
@ -100,7 +111,7 @@
|
|||
#define BIT(name) (1ULL << KPF_##name)
|
||||
#define BITS_COMPOUND (BIT(COMPOUND_HEAD) | BIT(COMPOUND_TAIL))
|
||||
|
||||
static char *page_flag_names[] = {
|
||||
static const char *page_flag_names[] = {
|
||||
[KPF_LOCKED] = "L:locked",
|
||||
[KPF_ERROR] = "E:error",
|
||||
[KPF_REFERENCED] = "R:referenced",
|
||||
|
@ -173,7 +184,7 @@ static int kpageflags_fd;
|
|||
static int opt_hwpoison;
|
||||
static int opt_unpoison;
|
||||
|
||||
static char *hwpoison_debug_fs = "/debug/hwpoison";
|
||||
static const char hwpoison_debug_fs[] = "/debug/hwpoison";
|
||||
static int hwpoison_inject_fd;
|
||||
static int hwpoison_forget_fd;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -560,7 +571,7 @@ static void walk_pfn(unsigned long voffset,
|
|||
{
|
||||
uint64_t buf[KPAGEFLAGS_BATCH];
|
||||
unsigned long batch;
|
||||
unsigned long pages;
|
||||
long pages;
|
||||
unsigned long i;
|
||||
|
||||
while (count) {
|
||||
|
@ -673,30 +684,35 @@ static void usage(void)
|
|||
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
"page-types [options]\n"
|
||||
" -r|--raw Raw mode, for kernel developers\n"
|
||||
" -a|--addr addr-spec Walk a range of pages\n"
|
||||
" -b|--bits bits-spec Walk pages with specified bits\n"
|
||||
" -p|--pid pid Walk process address space\n"
|
||||
" -r|--raw Raw mode, for kernel developers\n"
|
||||
" -d|--describe flags Describe flags\n"
|
||||
" -a|--addr addr-spec Walk a range of pages\n"
|
||||
" -b|--bits bits-spec Walk pages with specified bits\n"
|
||||
" -p|--pid pid Walk process address space\n"
|
||||
#if 0 /* planned features */
|
||||
" -f|--file filename Walk file address space\n"
|
||||
" -f|--file filename Walk file address space\n"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
" -l|--list Show page details in ranges\n"
|
||||
" -L|--list-each Show page details one by one\n"
|
||||
" -N|--no-summary Don't show summay info\n"
|
||||
" -X|--hwpoison hwpoison pages\n"
|
||||
" -x|--unpoison unpoison pages\n"
|
||||
" -h|--help Show this usage message\n"
|
||||
" -l|--list Show page details in ranges\n"
|
||||
" -L|--list-each Show page details one by one\n"
|
||||
" -N|--no-summary Don't show summay info\n"
|
||||
" -X|--hwpoison hwpoison pages\n"
|
||||
" -x|--unpoison unpoison pages\n"
|
||||
" -h|--help Show this usage message\n"
|
||||
"flags:\n"
|
||||
" 0x10 bitfield format, e.g.\n"
|
||||
" anon bit-name, e.g.\n"
|
||||
" 0x10,anon comma-separated list, e.g.\n"
|
||||
"addr-spec:\n"
|
||||
" N one page at offset N (unit: pages)\n"
|
||||
" N+M pages range from N to N+M-1\n"
|
||||
" N,M pages range from N to M-1\n"
|
||||
" N, pages range from N to end\n"
|
||||
" ,M pages range from 0 to M-1\n"
|
||||
" N one page at offset N (unit: pages)\n"
|
||||
" N+M pages range from N to N+M-1\n"
|
||||
" N,M pages range from N to M-1\n"
|
||||
" N, pages range from N to end\n"
|
||||
" ,M pages range from 0 to M-1\n"
|
||||
"bits-spec:\n"
|
||||
" bit1,bit2 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) != 0\n"
|
||||
" bit1,bit2=bit1 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) == bit1\n"
|
||||
" bit1,~bit2 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) == bit1\n"
|
||||
" =bit1,bit2 flags == (bit1|bit2)\n"
|
||||
" bit1,bit2 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) != 0\n"
|
||||
" bit1,bit2=bit1 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) == bit1\n"
|
||||
" bit1,~bit2 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) == bit1\n"
|
||||
" =bit1,bit2 flags == (bit1|bit2)\n"
|
||||
"bit-names:\n"
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -884,13 +900,23 @@ static void parse_bits_mask(const char *optarg)
|
|||
add_bits_filter(mask, bits);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void describe_flags(const char *optarg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint64_t flags = parse_flag_names(optarg, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
static struct option opts[] = {
|
||||
printf("0x%016llx\t%s\t%s\n",
|
||||
(unsigned long long)flags,
|
||||
page_flag_name(flags),
|
||||
page_flag_longname(flags));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static const struct option opts[] = {
|
||||
{ "raw" , 0, NULL, 'r' },
|
||||
{ "pid" , 1, NULL, 'p' },
|
||||
{ "file" , 1, NULL, 'f' },
|
||||
{ "addr" , 1, NULL, 'a' },
|
||||
{ "bits" , 1, NULL, 'b' },
|
||||
{ "describe" , 1, NULL, 'd' },
|
||||
{ "list" , 0, NULL, 'l' },
|
||||
{ "list-each" , 0, NULL, 'L' },
|
||||
{ "no-summary", 0, NULL, 'N' },
|
||||
|
@ -907,7 +933,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||
page_size = getpagesize();
|
||||
|
||||
while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv,
|
||||
"rp:f:a:b:lLNXxh", opts, NULL)) != -1) {
|
||||
"rp:f:a:b:d:lLNXxh", opts, NULL)) != -1) {
|
||||
switch (c) {
|
||||
case 'r':
|
||||
opt_raw = 1;
|
||||
|
@ -924,6 +950,9 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||
case 'b':
|
||||
parse_bits_mask(optarg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'd':
|
||||
describe_flags(optarg);
|
||||
exit(0);
|
||||
case 'l':
|
||||
opt_list = 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
|
4
Kbuild
4
Kbuild
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
|||
#####
|
||||
# 1) Generate bounds.h
|
||||
|
||||
bounds-file := include/linux/bounds.h
|
||||
bounds-file := include/generated/bounds.h
|
||||
|
||||
always := $(bounds-file)
|
||||
targets := $(bounds-file) kernel/bounds.s
|
||||
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ $(obj)/$(bounds-file): kernel/bounds.s Kbuild
|
|||
# 2) Generate asm-offsets.h
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
offsets-file := include/asm/asm-offsets.h
|
||||
offsets-file := include/generated/asm-offsets.h
|
||||
|
||||
always += $(offsets-file)
|
||||
targets += $(offsets-file)
|
||||
|
|
105
MAINTAINERS
105
MAINTAINERS
|
@ -801,6 +801,19 @@ L: openmoko-kernel@lists.openmoko.org (subscribers-only)
|
|||
W: http://wiki.openmoko.org/wiki/Neo_FreeRunner
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
|
||||
ARM/QUALCOMM MSM MACHINE SUPPORT
|
||||
M: David Brown <davidb@codeaurora.org>
|
||||
M: Daniel Walker <dwalker@codeaurora.org>
|
||||
M: Bryan Huntsman <bryanh@codeaurora.org>
|
||||
F: arch/arm/mach-msm/
|
||||
F: drivers/video/msm/
|
||||
F: drivers/mmc/host/msm_sdcc.c
|
||||
F: drivers/mmc/host/msm_sdcc.h
|
||||
F: drivers/serial/msm_serial.h
|
||||
F: drivers/serial/msm_serial.c
|
||||
T: git git://codeaurora.org/quic/kernel/dwalker/linux-msm.git
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
ARM/TOSA MACHINE SUPPORT
|
||||
M: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
|
||||
M: Dirk Opfer <dirk@opfer-online.de>
|
||||
|
@ -822,13 +835,13 @@ F: arch/arm/mach-pxa/palmte2.c
|
|||
F: arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/palmtc.h
|
||||
F: arch/arm/mach-pxa/palmtc.c
|
||||
|
||||
ARM/PALM TREO 680 SUPPORT
|
||||
ARM/PALM TREO SUPPORT
|
||||
M: Tomas Cech <sleep_walker@suse.cz>
|
||||
L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org
|
||||
W: http://hackndev.com
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/treo680.h
|
||||
F: arch/arm/mach-pxa/treo680.c
|
||||
F: arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/palmtreo.h
|
||||
F: arch/arm/mach-pxa/palmtreo.c
|
||||
|
||||
ARM/PALMZ72 SUPPORT
|
||||
M: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
|
||||
|
@ -1389,6 +1402,8 @@ L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
|||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: Documentation/usb/WUSB-Design-overview.txt
|
||||
F: Documentation/usb/wusb-cbaf
|
||||
F: drivers/usb/host/hwa-hc.c
|
||||
F: drivers/usb/host/whci/
|
||||
F: drivers/usb/wusbcore/
|
||||
F: include/linux/usb/wusb*
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1469,8 +1484,8 @@ F: include/linux/coda*.h
|
|||
|
||||
COMMON INTERNET FILE SYSTEM (CIFS)
|
||||
M: Steve French <sfrench@samba.org>
|
||||
L: linux-cifs-client@lists.samba.org
|
||||
L: samba-technical@lists.samba.org
|
||||
L: linux-cifs-client@lists.samba.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
|
||||
L: samba-technical@lists.samba.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
|
||||
W: http://linux-cifs.samba.org/
|
||||
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sfrench/cifs-2.6.git
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
|
@ -2364,6 +2379,15 @@ W: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/fseidel/hdaps/
|
|||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/hwmon/hdaps.c
|
||||
|
||||
HWPOISON MEMORY FAILURE HANDLING
|
||||
M: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
|
||||
L: linux-mm@kvack.org
|
||||
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ak/linux-mce-2.6.git hwpoison
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: mm/memory-failure.c
|
||||
F: mm/hwpoison-inject.c
|
||||
|
||||
HYPERVISOR VIRTUAL CONSOLE DRIVER
|
||||
L: linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org
|
||||
S: Odd Fixes
|
||||
|
@ -3068,8 +3092,11 @@ S: Maintained
|
|||
F: fs/autofs4/
|
||||
|
||||
KERNEL BUILD
|
||||
M: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.cz>
|
||||
T: git git://repo.or.cz/linux-kbuild.git for-next
|
||||
T: git git://repo.or.cz/linux-kbuild.git for-linus
|
||||
L: linux-kbuild@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Orphan
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: Documentation/kbuild/
|
||||
F: Makefile
|
||||
F: scripts/Makefile.*
|
||||
|
@ -3111,7 +3138,6 @@ L: kvm@vger.kernel.org
|
|||
W: http://kvm.qumranet.com
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: arch/x86/include/asm/svm.h
|
||||
F: arch/x86/kvm/kvm_svm.h
|
||||
F: arch/x86/kvm/svm.c
|
||||
|
||||
KERNEL VIRTUAL MACHINE (KVM) FOR POWERPC
|
||||
|
@ -3247,6 +3273,7 @@ LINUX FOR IBM pSERIES (RS/6000)
|
|||
M: Paul Mackerras <paulus@au.ibm.com>
|
||||
W: http://www.ibm.com/linux/ltc/projects/ppc
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: arch/powerpc/boot/rs6000.h
|
||||
|
||||
LINUX FOR POWERPC (32-BIT AND 64-BIT)
|
||||
M: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
|
||||
|
@ -3255,18 +3282,24 @@ W: http://www.penguinppc.org/
|
|||
L: linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org
|
||||
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/benh/powerpc.git
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: Documentation/powerpc/
|
||||
F: arch/powerpc/
|
||||
|
||||
LINUX FOR POWER MACINTOSH
|
||||
M: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
|
||||
W: http://www.penguinppc.org/
|
||||
L: linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: arch/powerpc/platforms/powermac/
|
||||
F: drivers/macintosh/
|
||||
|
||||
LINUX FOR POWERPC EMBEDDED MPC5XXX
|
||||
M: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
|
||||
L: linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org
|
||||
T: git git://git.secretlab.ca/git/linux-2.6.git
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: arch/powerpc/platforms/512x/
|
||||
F: arch/powerpc/platforms/52xx/
|
||||
|
||||
LINUX FOR POWERPC EMBEDDED PPC4XX
|
||||
M: Josh Boyer <jwboyer@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
|
||||
|
@ -3275,6 +3308,8 @@ W: http://www.penguinppc.org/
|
|||
L: linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org
|
||||
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jwboyer/powerpc-4xx.git
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: arch/powerpc/platforms/40x/
|
||||
F: arch/powerpc/platforms/44x/
|
||||
|
||||
LINUX FOR POWERPC EMBEDDED XILINX VIRTEX
|
||||
M: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
|
||||
|
@ -3282,6 +3317,8 @@ W: http://wiki.secretlab.ca/index.php/Linux_on_Xilinx_Virtex
|
|||
L: linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org
|
||||
T: git git://git.secretlab.ca/git/linux-2.6.git
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: arch/powerpc/*/*virtex*
|
||||
F: arch/powerpc/*/*/*virtex*
|
||||
|
||||
LINUX FOR POWERPC EMBEDDED PPC8XX
|
||||
M: Vitaly Bordug <vitb@kernel.crashing.org>
|
||||
|
@ -3295,12 +3332,16 @@ M: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
|
|||
W: http://www.penguinppc.org/
|
||||
L: linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: arch/powerpc/platforms/83xx/
|
||||
|
||||
LINUX FOR POWERPC PA SEMI PWRFICIENT
|
||||
M: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
|
||||
W: http://www.pasemi.com/
|
||||
L: linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: arch/powerpc/platforms/pasemi/
|
||||
F: drivers/*/*pasemi*
|
||||
F: drivers/*/*/*pasemi*
|
||||
|
||||
LINUX SECURITY MODULE (LSM) FRAMEWORK
|
||||
M: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
|
||||
|
@ -3903,6 +3944,23 @@ L: linux-omap@vger.kernel.org
|
|||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/video/omap/
|
||||
|
||||
OMAP DISPLAY SUBSYSTEM SUPPORT (DSS2)
|
||||
M: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@nokia.com>
|
||||
L: linux-omap@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
L: linux-fbdev@vger.kernel.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/video/omap2/dss/
|
||||
F: drivers/video/omap2/vrfb.c
|
||||
F: drivers/video/omap2/vram.c
|
||||
F: Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS
|
||||
|
||||
OMAP FRAMEBUFFER SUPPORT (FOR DSS2)
|
||||
M: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@nokia.com>
|
||||
L: linux-omap@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
L: linux-fbdev@vger.kernel.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/video/omap2/omapfb/
|
||||
|
||||
OMAP MMC SUPPORT
|
||||
M: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com>
|
||||
L: linux-omap@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
|
@ -5035,6 +5093,7 @@ F: drivers/char/specialix*
|
|||
|
||||
SPI SUBSYSTEM
|
||||
M: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
M: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
|
||||
L: spi-devel-general@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: Documentation/spi/
|
||||
|
@ -5373,10 +5432,19 @@ ULTRA-WIDEBAND (UWB) SUBSYSTEM:
|
|||
M: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: drivers/uwb/*
|
||||
F: drivers/uwb/
|
||||
X: drivers/uwb/wlp/
|
||||
X: drivers/uwb/i1480/i1480u-wlp/
|
||||
X: drivers/uwb/i1480/i1480-wlp.h
|
||||
F: include/linux/uwb.h
|
||||
F: include/linux/uwb/
|
||||
|
||||
UNIFDEF
|
||||
M: Tony Finch <dot@dotat.at>
|
||||
W: http://dotat.at/prog/unifdef
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: scripts/unifdef.c
|
||||
|
||||
UNIFORM CDROM DRIVER
|
||||
M: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
|
||||
W: http://www.kernel.dk
|
||||
|
@ -5409,10 +5477,9 @@ S: Supported
|
|||
F: drivers/block/ub.c
|
||||
|
||||
USB CDC ETHERNET DRIVER
|
||||
M: Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@kroah.com>
|
||||
M: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.name>
|
||||
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
W: http://www.kroah.com/linux-usb/
|
||||
F: drivers/net/usb/cdc_*.c
|
||||
F: include/linux/usb/cdc.h
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -5663,9 +5730,11 @@ S: Maintained
|
|||
F: drivers/net/wireless/rndis_wlan.c
|
||||
|
||||
USB XHCI DRIVER
|
||||
M: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
|
||||
M: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
|
||||
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: drivers/usb/host/xhci*
|
||||
F: drivers/usb/host/pci-quirks*
|
||||
|
||||
USB ZC0301 DRIVER
|
||||
M: Luca Risolia <luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it>
|
||||
|
@ -5879,9 +5948,12 @@ W: http://linuxwimax.org
|
|||
|
||||
WIMEDIA LLC PROTOCOL (WLP) SUBSYSTEM
|
||||
M: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: include/linux/wlp.h
|
||||
F: drivers/uwb/wlp/
|
||||
F: drivers/uwb/i1480/i1480u-wlp/
|
||||
F: drivers/uwb/i1480/i1480-wlp.h
|
||||
|
||||
WISTRON LAPTOP BUTTON DRIVER
|
||||
M: Miloslav Trmac <mitr@volny.cz>
|
||||
|
@ -5927,6 +5999,7 @@ M: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
|||
T: git git://opensource.wolfsonmicro.com/linux-2.6-audioplus
|
||||
W: http://opensource.wolfsonmicro.com/node/8
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: Documentation/hwmon/wm83??
|
||||
F: drivers/leds/leds-wm83*.c
|
||||
F: drivers/mfd/wm8*.c
|
||||
F: drivers/power/wm83*.c
|
||||
|
@ -5936,14 +6009,14 @@ F: drivers/video/backlight/wm83*_bl.c
|
|||
F: drivers/watchdog/wm83*_wdt.c
|
||||
F: include/linux/mfd/wm831x/
|
||||
F: include/linux/mfd/wm8350/
|
||||
F: include/linux/mfd/wm8400/
|
||||
F: sound/soc/codecs/wm8350.c
|
||||
F: sound/soc/codecs/wm8400.c
|
||||
F: include/linux/mfd/wm8400*
|
||||
F: sound/soc/codecs/wm8350.*
|
||||
F: sound/soc/codecs/wm8400.*
|
||||
|
||||
X.25 NETWORK LAYER
|
||||
M: Henner Eisen <eis@baty.hanse.de>
|
||||
M: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
|
||||
L: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
S: Odd Fixes
|
||||
F: Documentation/networking/x25*
|
||||
F: include/net/x25*
|
||||
F: net/x25/
|
||||
|
|
107
Makefile
107
Makefile
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
VERSION = 2
|
||||
PATCHLEVEL = 6
|
||||
SUBLEVEL = 32
|
||||
EXTRAVERSION =
|
||||
SUBLEVEL = 33
|
||||
EXTRAVERSION = -rc1
|
||||
NAME = Man-Eating Seals of Antiquity
|
||||
|
||||
# *DOCUMENTATION*
|
||||
|
@ -16,6 +16,13 @@ NAME = Man-Eating Seals of Antiquity
|
|||
# o print "Entering directory ...";
|
||||
MAKEFLAGS += -rR --no-print-directory
|
||||
|
||||
# Avoid funny character set dependencies
|
||||
unexport LC_ALL
|
||||
LC_CTYPE=C
|
||||
LC_COLLATE=C
|
||||
LC_NUMERIC=C
|
||||
export LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_NUMERIC
|
||||
|
||||
# We are using a recursive build, so we need to do a little thinking
|
||||
# to get the ordering right.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
@ -334,10 +341,9 @@ CFLAGS_GCOV = -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage
|
|||
|
||||
# Use LINUXINCLUDE when you must reference the include/ directory.
|
||||
# Needed to be compatible with the O= option
|
||||
LINUXINCLUDE := -Iinclude \
|
||||
$(if $(KBUILD_SRC),-Iinclude2 -I$(srctree)/include) \
|
||||
-I$(srctree)/arch/$(hdr-arch)/include \
|
||||
-include include/linux/autoconf.h
|
||||
LINUXINCLUDE := -I$(srctree)/arch/$(hdr-arch)/include -Iinclude \
|
||||
$(if $(KBUILD_SRC), -I$(srctree)/include) \
|
||||
-include include/generated/autoconf.h
|
||||
|
||||
KBUILD_CPPFLAGS := -D__KERNEL__
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -465,7 +471,7 @@ ifeq ($(KBUILD_EXTMOD),)
|
|||
# Carefully list dependencies so we do not try to build scripts twice
|
||||
# in parallel
|
||||
PHONY += scripts
|
||||
scripts: scripts_basic include/config/auto.conf
|
||||
scripts: scripts_basic include/config/auto.conf include/config/tristate.conf
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=$(@)
|
||||
|
||||
# Objects we will link into vmlinux / subdirs we need to visit
|
||||
|
@ -492,18 +498,18 @@ $(KCONFIG_CONFIG) include/config/auto.conf.cmd: ;
|
|||
# with it and forgot to run make oldconfig.
|
||||
# if auto.conf.cmd is missing then we are probably in a cleaned tree so
|
||||
# we execute the config step to be sure to catch updated Kconfig files
|
||||
include/config/auto.conf: $(KCONFIG_CONFIG) include/config/auto.conf.cmd
|
||||
include/config/%.conf: $(KCONFIG_CONFIG) include/config/auto.conf.cmd
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/Makefile silentoldconfig
|
||||
else
|
||||
# external modules needs include/linux/autoconf.h and include/config/auto.conf
|
||||
# external modules needs include/generated/autoconf.h and include/config/auto.conf
|
||||
# but do not care if they are up-to-date. Use auto.conf to trigger the test
|
||||
PHONY += include/config/auto.conf
|
||||
|
||||
include/config/auto.conf:
|
||||
$(Q)test -e include/linux/autoconf.h -a -e $@ || ( \
|
||||
$(Q)test -e include/generated/autoconf.h -a -e $@ || ( \
|
||||
echo; \
|
||||
echo " ERROR: Kernel configuration is invalid."; \
|
||||
echo " include/linux/autoconf.h or $@ are missing."; \
|
||||
echo " include/generated/autoconf.h or $@ are missing.";\
|
||||
echo " Run 'make oldconfig && make prepare' on kernel src to fix it."; \
|
||||
echo; \
|
||||
/bin/false)
|
||||
|
@ -877,6 +883,9 @@ $(sort $(vmlinux-init) $(vmlinux-main)) $(vmlinux-lds): $(vmlinux-dirs) ;
|
|||
PHONY += $(vmlinux-dirs)
|
||||
$(vmlinux-dirs): prepare scripts
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=$@
|
||||
ifdef CONFIG_MODULES
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(modbuiltin)=$@
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# Build the kernel release string
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
@ -955,7 +964,6 @@ PHONY += prepare archprepare prepare0 prepare1 prepare2 prepare3
|
|||
# prepare3 is used to check if we are building in a separate output directory,
|
||||
# and if so do:
|
||||
# 1) Check that make has not been executed in the kernel src $(srctree)
|
||||
# 2) Create the include2 directory, used for the second asm symlink
|
||||
prepare3: include/config/kernel.release
|
||||
ifneq ($(KBUILD_SRC),)
|
||||
@$(kecho) ' Using $(srctree) as source for kernel'
|
||||
|
@ -964,17 +972,13 @@ ifneq ($(KBUILD_SRC),)
|
|||
echo " in the '$(srctree)' directory.";\
|
||||
/bin/false; \
|
||||
fi;
|
||||
$(Q)if [ ! -d include2 ]; then \
|
||||
mkdir -p include2; \
|
||||
ln -fsn $(srctree)/include/asm-$(SRCARCH) include2/asm; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# prepare2 creates a makefile if using a separate output directory
|
||||
prepare2: prepare3 outputmakefile
|
||||
|
||||
prepare1: prepare2 include/linux/version.h include/linux/utsrelease.h \
|
||||
include/asm include/config/auto.conf
|
||||
prepare1: prepare2 include/linux/version.h include/generated/utsrelease.h \
|
||||
include/config/auto.conf
|
||||
$(cmd_crmodverdir)
|
||||
|
||||
archprepare: prepare1 scripts_basic
|
||||
|
@ -986,42 +990,6 @@ prepare0: archprepare FORCE
|
|||
# All the preparing..
|
||||
prepare: prepare0
|
||||
|
||||
# The asm symlink changes when $(ARCH) changes.
|
||||
# Detect this and ask user to run make mrproper
|
||||
# If asm is a stale symlink (point to dir that does not exist) remove it
|
||||
define check-symlink
|
||||
set -e; \
|
||||
if [ -L include/asm ]; then \
|
||||
asmlink=`readlink include/asm | cut -d '-' -f 2`; \
|
||||
if [ "$$asmlink" != "$(SRCARCH)" ]; then \
|
||||
echo "ERROR: the symlink $@ points to asm-$$asmlink but asm-$(SRCARCH) was expected"; \
|
||||
echo " set ARCH or save .config and run 'make mrproper' to fix it"; \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
test -e $$asmlink || rm include/asm; \
|
||||
elif [ -d include/asm ]; then \
|
||||
echo "ERROR: $@ is a directory but a symlink was expected";\
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
endef
|
||||
|
||||
# We create the target directory of the symlink if it does
|
||||
# not exist so the test in check-symlink works and we have a
|
||||
# directory for generated filesas used by some architectures.
|
||||
define create-symlink
|
||||
if [ ! -L include/asm ]; then \
|
||||
$(kecho) ' SYMLINK $@ -> include/asm-$(SRCARCH)'; \
|
||||
if [ ! -d include/asm-$(SRCARCH) ]; then \
|
||||
mkdir -p include/asm-$(SRCARCH); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
ln -fsn asm-$(SRCARCH) $@; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
endef
|
||||
|
||||
include/asm: FORCE
|
||||
$(Q)$(check-symlink)
|
||||
$(Q)$(create-symlink)
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate some files
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1046,7 +1014,7 @@ endef
|
|||
include/linux/version.h: $(srctree)/Makefile FORCE
|
||||
$(call filechk,version.h)
|
||||
|
||||
include/linux/utsrelease.h: include/config/kernel.release FORCE
|
||||
include/generated/utsrelease.h: include/config/kernel.release FORCE
|
||||
$(call filechk,utsrelease.h)
|
||||
|
||||
PHONY += headerdep
|
||||
|
@ -1076,11 +1044,6 @@ firmware_install: FORCE
|
|||
export INSTALL_HDR_PATH = $(objtree)/usr
|
||||
|
||||
hdr-inst := -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.headersinst obj
|
||||
# Find out where the Kbuild file is located to support
|
||||
# arch/$(ARCH)/include/asm
|
||||
hdr-dir = $(strip \
|
||||
$(if $(wildcard $(srctree)/arch/$(hdr-arch)/include/asm/Kbuild), \
|
||||
arch/$(hdr-arch)/include/asm, include/asm-$(hdr-arch)))
|
||||
|
||||
# If we do an all arch process set dst to asm-$(hdr-arch)
|
||||
hdr-dst = $(if $(KBUILD_HEADERS), dst=include/asm-$(hdr-arch), dst=include/asm)
|
||||
|
@ -1095,10 +1058,10 @@ headers_install_all:
|
|||
|
||||
PHONY += headers_install
|
||||
headers_install: __headers
|
||||
$(if $(wildcard $(srctree)/$(hdr-dir)/Kbuild),, \
|
||||
$(if $(wildcard $(srctree)/arch/$(hdr-arch)/include/asm/Kbuild),, \
|
||||
$(error Headers not exportable for the $(SRCARCH) architecture))
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(hdr-inst)=include
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(hdr-inst)=$(hdr-dir) $(hdr-dst)
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(hdr-inst)=arch/$(hdr-arch)/include/asm $(hdr-dst)
|
||||
|
||||
PHONY += headers_check_all
|
||||
headers_check_all: headers_install_all
|
||||
|
@ -1107,7 +1070,7 @@ headers_check_all: headers_install_all
|
|||
PHONY += headers_check
|
||||
headers_check: headers_install
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(hdr-inst)=include HDRCHECK=1
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(hdr-inst)=$(hdr-dir) $(hdr-dst) HDRCHECK=1
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(hdr-inst)=arch/$(hdr-arch)/include/asm $(hdr-dst) HDRCHECK=1
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Modules
|
||||
|
@ -1127,6 +1090,7 @@ all: modules
|
|||
PHONY += modules
|
||||
modules: $(vmlinux-dirs) $(if $(KBUILD_BUILTIN),vmlinux)
|
||||
$(Q)$(AWK) '!x[$$0]++' $(vmlinux-dirs:%=$(objtree)/%/modules.order) > $(objtree)/modules.order
|
||||
$(Q)$(AWK) '!x[$$0]++' $(vmlinux-dirs:%=$(objtree)/%/modules.builtin) > $(objtree)/modules.builtin
|
||||
@$(kecho) ' Building modules, stage 2.';
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.fwinst obj=firmware __fw_modbuild
|
||||
|
@ -1156,6 +1120,7 @@ _modinst_:
|
|||
ln -s $(objtree) $(MODLIB)/build ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@cp -f $(objtree)/modules.order $(MODLIB)/
|
||||
@cp -f $(objtree)/modules.builtin $(MODLIB)/
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modinst
|
||||
|
||||
# This depmod is only for convenience to give the initial
|
||||
|
@ -1194,12 +1159,10 @@ CLEAN_FILES += vmlinux System.map \
|
|||
.tmp_kallsyms* .tmp_version .tmp_vmlinux* .tmp_System.map
|
||||
|
||||
# Directories & files removed with 'make mrproper'
|
||||
MRPROPER_DIRS += include/config include2 usr/include include/generated
|
||||
MRPROPER_FILES += .config .config.old include/asm .version .old_version \
|
||||
include/linux/autoconf.h include/linux/version.h \
|
||||
include/linux/utsrelease.h \
|
||||
include/linux/bounds.h include/asm*/asm-offsets.h \
|
||||
Module.symvers Module.markers tags TAGS cscope*
|
||||
MRPROPER_DIRS += include/config usr/include include/generated
|
||||
MRPROPER_FILES += .config .config.old .version .old_version \
|
||||
include/linux/version.h \
|
||||
Module.symvers tags TAGS cscope*
|
||||
|
||||
# clean - Delete most, but leave enough to build external modules
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
@ -1218,7 +1181,7 @@ clean: archclean $(clean-dirs)
|
|||
\( -name '*.[oas]' -o -name '*.ko' -o -name '.*.cmd' \
|
||||
-o -name '.*.d' -o -name '.*.tmp' -o -name '*.mod.c' \
|
||||
-o -name '*.symtypes' -o -name 'modules.order' \
|
||||
-o -name 'Module.markers' -o -name '.tmp_*.o.*' \
|
||||
-o -name modules.builtin -o -name '.tmp_*.o.*' \
|
||||
-o -name '*.gcno' \) -type f -print | xargs rm -f
|
||||
|
||||
# mrproper - Delete all generated files, including .config
|
||||
|
@ -1416,8 +1379,8 @@ $(clean-dirs):
|
|||
|
||||
clean: rm-dirs := $(MODVERDIR)
|
||||
clean: rm-files := $(KBUILD_EXTMOD)/Module.symvers \
|
||||
$(KBUILD_EXTMOD)/Module.markers \
|
||||
$(KBUILD_EXTMOD)/modules.order
|
||||
$(KBUILD_EXTMOD)/modules.order \
|
||||
$(KBUILD_EXTMOD)/modules.builtin
|
||||
clean: $(clean-dirs)
|
||||
$(call cmd,rmdirs)
|
||||
$(call cmd,rmfiles)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -135,9 +135,7 @@ config HAVE_DEFAULT_NO_SPIN_MUTEXES
|
|||
|
||||
config HAVE_HW_BREAKPOINT
|
||||
bool
|
||||
depends on HAVE_PERF_EVENTS
|
||||
select ANON_INODES
|
||||
select PERF_EVENTS
|
||||
depends on PERF_EVENTS
|
||||
|
||||
config HAVE_USER_RETURN_NOTIFIER
|
||||
bool
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ config ALPHA
|
|||
select HAVE_IDE
|
||||
select HAVE_OPROFILE
|
||||
select HAVE_SYSCALL_WRAPPERS
|
||||
select HAVE_PERF_EVENTS
|
||||
help
|
||||
The Alpha is a 64-bit general-purpose processor designed and
|
||||
marketed by the Digital Equipment Corporation of blessed memory,
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
#include <linux/kernel.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/string.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/utsrelease.h>
|
||||
#include <generated/utsrelease.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/mm.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/system.h>
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
#include <linux/kernel.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/string.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/utsrelease.h>
|
||||
#include <generated/utsrelease.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/mm.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/system.h>
|
||||
|
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more
Loading…
Reference in a new issue